1972-1973 Catalog of Peru State College (Nebraska)

Page 1

l RETURN TO REGISTRAR Peru State College Peru, Nebraska 68421 RETURN TO REGISTRAR General Bulletin 1972-73 RETURN ro REGISTRAR

ADMISSION PROCEDURE

1 Wri te Admi ss ion s O ffic e for for m s.

2 Co mpl e t e in full a nd r et urn a ll fo rm s

a. P e rso n al a ppli c ati o n ( a $25. 00 d e p os it and p e r so n a l pictµr e) .

b. H o u si n g rese rv at io n ( a $25.0 0 d eposit). '

c. Me di ca l reco rd a nd exa min at io n ( N o reg is t ra ti o n is c o mplete u n til th ese r eco rd s a re o n fil e).

d. Offici a l tran sc rip t (hi gh sc h oo l a nd if a transfer s tud e nt , tran sc ript s fr o m a ll prev io u s co ll eges).

e. Confid e nti al re p o r t.

Th e l a tt e r t wo fo rm s a re to b e se n t dir ect ly fr o m th e hi gh scho o l a nd co ll ege o r uni ve r s ity.

3 . Am e ric a n C o ll ege Tes t sco res.

4 No ti c e o f acce p ta n ce is sent w h en a ll ma t e r ia ls are rec e iv e d and re quir e m e nt s m e t. All a dmi ss io n for m s a re h eld b y t h e coll ege and n o t re turn e d.

5 . N e bra sk a hi gh sch oo l gr a du ates wit h 16 0 hi gh school se m e s t er h o urs (16 unit s) rece iv e full ad mi ss io n No n -res id e nt a ppli ca nt s are subj ect t o p o li c ies adm ini stered b y th e A d m issio n s Committ ee. N o n -hi gh sc h oo l gra du a t es may qua lify fo r admi ss io n on th e basi s o f sa ti sfac t o ry sco res o n the Genera l E du cat i o n a l D e vel o pment T es t s.

Note: Student s are re minded to bring thi s bull e tin to the initial registration and retain it until graduation. Onl y one general bulletin will be issued to each student .

All tuition and fee s mu st be paid at time of regi stration .

Arrangements for loans must be made prior to regi stration.

II •
I I ( I [ RETURN TO REGISTRAR
o.f
CATALOG
1972-73
VOL. LIX , No. 1, MARCH, 1972
sh e d by Pe ru State Co ll ege at Peru, Nebraska , an d en te re d und e r Bu lk Permit Numb er 4 at Pe ru , Nebraska, 68421. I I I ' Serving Slate and Nation Sin ce 1867
9JuUetin
PERU STATE COLLEGE 1972-73
Announc e m en t s for
Acad e mi c Year
Publi

HOW TO ADDRESS CORRESPONDENCE

Communications for specific information should be directed to th e following officers at Peru State College, Peru, Nebraska, 68421.

PRESIDENT - General administrative regulations.

VICE PRESIDENT OF ACADEMIC AFFA IRS - Academic policies, program schedules and faculty.

VICE PRESIDENT OF STUDENT AFFAIRS - Student services; housing for men.

VICE PRESIDENT OF BUSINESS AFFAIRS - Fee payments; genera l co ll ege finances

REGISTRAR - Admission and registration information; transcripts of credits; examinations for credit; armed forces experience evaluat i on; graduation and teacher certification requirements; college bulletins.

DIRECTOR OF COUNSELING - Vocational and academic counseling; testing.

ASSOCIATE DEAN OF STUDENTS - Housing for women students.

DIRECTOR OF PLACEMENT - Teacher, business and industrial placement.

DIRECTOR OF STUDENT TEACHING - Assignment of student teachers.

SPECIAL SERVICES DIRECTOR - Literature on the College ; news bureau a nd photo services; prospective students; alumni publications and services .

FINANCIAL AIDS OFFICER - Student financial aids; scholarships; loans and employment; veterans' affairs; vocational rehabilitation.

Cover design by Leland Sherwood Associat e Professor of Art

I I I I I I I

To Prospective Peruvians:

Peru State is the oldest college in Nebraska and the third oldest teacher-training institution west of the Missouri river. Peru was established the same year Nebraska became a state. For. more . than a century thousands of young people have crossed the Campus of a Thousand Oaks and have gone forth to become teachers, advisors and friends to countless hundreds of thousands of children throughout Nebraska and the nation.

The people of Nebraska have made the facilities of this College available to you at a minimum of personal cost. The taxpayers of the state bear a major portion of the cost of your college education exclusive of personal expenses.

Continuing pressures of society have placed a heavy burden upon colleges and universities. Public institutions, such as Peru State, generally have an "open door" admission policy i. e., admit graduates of accredited high schools without special entrance ~xaminations. Peru State believes every young person is entitled to a chance to succeed at the collegiate level, however, this entitlement does not include continuation beyond a reasonable time to the detriment of the student, his Beers or the college program. We believe a young person of average or above ability coupled with willingness and work has an excellent opportunity for success at Peru State.

This college believes in academic excellence, in opportunities for personal growth in a controlled group atmosphere and in self-determination consistent with the principles of a democratically-organized society . The administration recognizes freedom of dissent but not disruption. We believe the great majority of students attend Peru State because of an intense desire to learn and become productive citizens in a diverse society. All students are fully informed of what they may expect from the college and what is expected of them. Those not willing to accept these expectations should seek the services of other institutions possibly less demanding.

Peru State students have an opportunity to know their teachers well and to become working partners with the staff and other students . To live with other young people in college residences offers many opportunities for friendship and growth for which living at home is no complete substitute .

The college faculty and staff are here to serve you. We will be happy to consult with you regarding your educational plans.

Sincerely yours,

~1-~

BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE NEBRASKA STATE COLLEGES

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS

Francis J. Brown Term Expires 1973 Geno a Henry I. Freed Chadr qn Term Expires 1973 James A. Lane ........ . .... .. ..... . ... . ............. . .. . Ogallal a Term Expires 1975 J. Alan Cramer WayQ e Term Expires 1975 Ward H. Reesman Falls City Term Expires 1977 Robert L. Walker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kearn ey Term Expires 1977 Cecil E. Stanley, State Commissioner of Education .. ... ........ Lincoln James E. Todd, Executiv e Officer Lincoln A . -D. Majors Omaha Member Emeritus .
President ... . ........ . ........... .. . ........... . .. Neal S. Gomon Vice President of Academic Affairs Max G. Smith Vice President of Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guy L. Rosenberg Vice President of Business Affairs , Ervin R. Pitts Associate Dean of Students Juanita Bradley Registrar Kelly J. Liewer Director of Counseling and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thomas F. Scherer Director of Financial Aids Donald G. Miller Director of Placement Harold W Johnson Director of Special Services Ben J. Rogge Librarian Fay Brandt DEAN OF SCHOOLS School of Education and Physical Education Rex R. Shelley School of Applied Arts & Technology C. V. Siegner School of Humanities Clyde J. Barrett School of Natural Science John C. Christ 4 I
I I
I I I I I I
TABLE
CONTENTS Board of Trustees of the Nebraska State Colleges Administrative Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ca lendar .Faculty Official Committees Genera l Information Academi c Information Financia l Information Campus Life .... . . Program of Instruction School of Ed u cation an d Physical Education Education and Psychology Elementary Educat ion Intern Teacher Program .. Early Childhood Education Special Education Secondary Education Physical Education Coaching of Interscholastic Sports R ecreation ..... . Courses of In struct ion School of Humanities Art . . Music History Social Sci e nce Economics Governm e nt Sociology . Philo sophy English Language and Literature Journalism Speech and Drama ....... . Library Science School of Appli e d Arts and Te c hnology Business . . . . . . ..... Vocational Home Economics Industrial Arts Industrial Management Te chnology Manual Arts Therapy Vocational Education Safety Education School of Natural Science Biological Science Chemistry General Science Geography Mathematics Physical Sci e nce Physics Pre-professional Curricula Degrees Granted Cooperating Schools Index 4 4 6 7 12 14 28 41 50 62 71 71 72 73 74 75 75 76 77 78 78 88 88 90 93 95 95 96 97 98 99 102 104 106 108 108 115 117 118 119 121 122 124 124 126 127 128 131 134 134 135 138 142 144
OF

1972-73 CALENDAR

August
Fall Semester - 1972 25 Friday Faculty Meetings 27 Sunday Freshman Welcome & Orientation 28 Monday . . . . Upper Class Registration & Freshman Orientation 29 Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman Registration 29 Tuesday ... . .. . . . .. . Late Registration Fee After This Date 30 Wednesday . . . . . . . . Classes Begin and Night Class Registration September 4 Monday Labor Day (no classes) 8 Friday .. . . ........ . . . Final Date for Change of Registration 29 Friday Applications Due for Mid-Year Certification of Completion October 25 Wednesday ................. . End of First Half of Semester November 23-24 Thursday, Friday . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . ..... Thanksgiving Recess December 13 Wednesday . . ...... . .. . . . ...... . . . ..... Night Classes End 19 Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final Day of Examinations 21 Thursday Semester Ends and Christmas Recess Begins, 5 p.m . Spring Semester - 1973 January &-9 Monday, Tuesday Registration 9 Tuesday ... . . ... .... Late Registration Fee After This Date 10 Wednesday Classes Begin, Night Class Registration 19 Friday ..... . ..... . ... Final Date for Change of Registration February r,: ~If'.':\. 9 -411\i hda:,. .. . . . ......... .. . Applications Due for Graduation March 9 Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . End of First Half of Semester 15-16 Thursday, Friday N.S.E A. Convention April May 30 Friday Spring Recess Begins, 5 p m. 9 Monday Classes Resume, 7:30 a.m. 2 Wednesday .... ...... . .. . .............. Night Classes End 10 Thursday Fina l Day of Examinations 11 Friday , Semester Ends 13 Sunday . . ..._. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commencement
Sessions - 1973 (Consult Summer Bulletin for
6
(The above calendar will be modified as necessary to meet the needs of the Professional Semester.) Summer
details)

FACULTY

(Date indicates year in which serv ice at Peru began.)

CLYDE J. BARRETT (1965)

' Dean, School of Humanities . Associate Professor of English.

B.A., M S , Peru State College, Nebraska. Ed. 0 D., University of Arkansas, Fayettevi ll e.

VERONA K. BEGUIN (1971) Instructor of Business

B.S., M.S. Ed., Chadron State College, Nebraska

RUSSELL C. BELDIN (1970) Assistant Professor of Business Education

B.S., Dakota State College, Madison, South Dakota. M.S., Mankato State College, Minnesota

JUANITA BRADLEY (1956) Associate Dean of Students. Associate Professor of Education

B.S. , Central Missouri State College, Warrensburg, M A., George Peabody Co ll ege for Teachers, Nashville, Tennessee Graduate Study, University of Indiana, Bloomington; University of Chicago, Illinois.

ALBERT 0. BRADY (1957) Associate Professor of Biological Science.

B.S , Northern State Teachers College, Aberdeen, South Dakota. M.A., University of South Dakota, Vermillion. Graduate Study, Universities: Minnesota, Lake Itasca; Southern California, Los Angeles; South Western Louisiana , Lafayette; Oregon , Eugene; North Carolina, Raleigh; Nebraska, Lincoln.

FA YEM. BRANDT (1960) Librarian. Associate Professor of Library Science.

B.A., M.A ., Peru State College, Nebraska. M.A.L.S., Denver University, Co lorado.

EVERETT W. BROWNING (1969) • Instructor of Englis h and Journalism.

B.S., M.S., Kansas State University, Manhattan .

EDWARD G. CAMEALY (1960) Associate Professor of Voice. Director of College Choir

B S. , M S. , University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana. Graduate Study, University of Colorado, Bou ld er, Doctorat e pending, 1972 , University of Colorado, Boulder.

DONNELL E. CATTLE (1967) Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts.

B. S., Univ ersity of Missouri, Columbia, M.Ed., Colorado State University, F_t. Collins. Graduate Study, Illinois State University, Normal , Utah State University, Logan.

JOHN C. CHRIST (1946) Dean, School of Natural Sciences Professor of Biology

A B , North Central Co ll ege , Naperville, Illinois, M.A ., Northwestern Un iv ersity, Evanston, Illinois. Ph.D. , University of Bari , Bari, Italy.

JERRY R. COX (1966) Assistant Professor of"Business Education. (On leav e 1971- 72)

B.S., M.S. , Kansas State College, Pittsburg, Graduate Study, University of Nebr aska, Lin co ln. ,

ROBERT C. CREAMER (1970) J _ · , Assistant Professor of Education

A.A ., Parsons Junior College, Kansas. B.A , Northwestern State College, Alva, Oklahoma. M.S., Fort Hay s State Co ll ege, Kansas. Ed D., University of Tulsa, Oklahoma.

JEFFREY DILTS (1971)

Instructor of Business Administration (Filling leave of absence 1971-72)

B.A ., University of Missouri, Columbia. M.A., Northwest Missouri State Co ll ege, Maryville. GAVIN DOUGHTY (1969)

B.M., M.M., University of Kansas, Lawrence. Advanced piano study with Rudolph Ganz.

TOM J FITZGERALD (196 7)

Chairman, Department of Fine Arts. Associate Professor of Music PhD., University of Iowa , Iowa City.

Assistant Professor of Physical Education. Assistant Football and Head Baseball Coach.

B.S., University of Missouri, Columbia. M.S., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia. Graduate Study, Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia and Pittsburg; University of Kansas, Lawrence, University of Nebraska, Lincoln

7

FACULTY

SHARON GENTRY (1971) Instructor of Library Science

B A., Kansas Stat e University, Manhattan. M L., Kansa s State Teachers Co ll ege, E mporia

NEAL S. GOMON (1950) President.

B.A ., M.A. , Ed D., Univ er sity of Nebras ka, Lincoln.

KENNETH T. GRESS (1969)

B.A., Peru State College, Ne bras k a

DAVID A. GUNDERSON (1967) (On le ave 1971-72)

Business Office Manager Assistant Profe ssor of Business Education.

B.S., Central Mi sso uri State Co ll ege, Wa rr e nsber g. M. B.A ., Univ ers it y of Colorado , Bo ulder. Graduate Study, University of Colorado, Bould er. Univ er sity of North Dakota, Grand Fo r ks.

JOHN HAHN (1968) Assistant Profe sso r of Political Science

L.L.B , Chuo Univ ers ity , Tokyo, Japan. M.A , Univ ers ity of Minnesota, Minn ea poli s. Doctorate p e ndin g, 1972, Uni vers ity of Cin cinnat i, Ohio

WREATHEA HICKS (1968) In structor of English.

A B., Kansas Wesl eyan University, Salina. M.A ., Univ ersi t y of Kansas, Lawren ce.

M.A ., Kansas St a te Teachers Co ll ege, E mporia.

LUCY HOVEY (1967) Instructor of Home Economics

B.S., M.S., Emporia Stat e Teachers Co ll ege, Kan sas. Gr ad uat e Study , Ka nsas Stat e Teachers Co ll ege, Emporia an d Man ha tt a n.

D. V. JARVIS (1948) Associate Profess o r of Industrial Arts.

B.A. , Peru Stat e Co ll ege, Nebraska. M. E., Graduate Study, Co lora d o State Univ ersity, Fort Collins; Michigan State University, East La n sin g.

JOHN L. JENSEN (1969) Chairman, Departm e nt of Education

B.A., M A , Colorado State Lincoln. HAROLD JOHNSON (1951)

and Psychology. Assistant Professor of Elementary Education. Co ll ege , Gr ee ley. E d .D., Univ e rsity of Nebraska ,

Associate Professor of Education. Dir ec tor of Placement.

A.B., Peru State College, Nebraska~ M A ., Graduate Study, University of Nebraska, Lin col n Graduat e Study , University of North Dakot a, Grand Forks.

VICTOR N. KINGERY (1967) Assistant Profe ssor of Physics

B.S., Eastern Illinois University, Charleston M.S. , Univ ers ity of Mi ss iss ippi, University. Graduate Stud y, University of Missouri, Roll a., Oak Ridg e Associat e d Uni vers iti es, T e nn essee, Texas A & M Univ ersity , Co ll ege St a ti o n , Univ ers ity of Nebraska, Lin co ln , University of Wyoming, Larami e

LLOYD B. KITE (1960) Professor of Education. Direc tor of Student Te~ching.

B.S. , Univ ers it y of Southern Mississippi, Ha ttiesbur g. M.A , Ed.D ., Geo rg e l'eabo dy Co ll ege for Teachers , Nashville, Tennessee.

LOUISE KREGEL (l 957) Assistant Professor of Hom e Economics

B.A., Peru State College , Nebraska M S., University of Ne braska , Un cg ln Gradua t e Study, Univ ersity of Neb r aska, Lin co ln; Peru Stat e Co ll ege, Ne braska

HARLAN KREIN (1969) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

Assistant Football and He ad Wrestling Coach.

B S , M.A., Northern Stat e Tea c h ers Co ll ege, Aberdeen, So uth Dakota, Graduate Study, University of Wyoming, Laramie, University of Denve r, Co lorado

PAUL KRUSE (1969) Reference Librarian . Assistant Professor of Library Science.

B.S., Ft Hays Kan sas St a t e Co ll ege, M S., Emporia State, Kan sas Graduate Study, Western Michigan Univ er sity.

JAMES D. LEVITT (I 948) • Associate Professor of English and Speech.

B.Ed., Eastern State Co ll ege, C harl es ton, Illinois. M.A., Univ ersi ty of Denv er, Co lorado . Graduate Stud y, University of Nebraska, Lin co ln.

KELLY LIEWER (1968) Registrar, Dire ctor of Admission .

B.S., Peru St ate College, Nebraska. M.A. , Ed.D. , Univ ersity of Nebraska, Lin co ln

DARYL C. LONG (1967) Assistant Professor of Science and Mathematics

B.S ., M.S ., Iowa Sta t e Univ ersity, Ame s, Ph D , Unive r sity of Ne br aska, Lin co ln.

8

ST AN LEY McCASLIN (1971)

B.A., Macal est er Colleg e, nolo gy , Pasadena.

JACK McINTIRE (1956)

Instructor of Data Processing St . Paul, Minnesota . M.S., California In stitut e of Tech-

B S. , M.S., Peru Stat e College, Lin co ln.

LYLE C. McKERCHER (1959)

Assistant Prnfessor of Physical Education. Head Cross Country, Basketball and Track Coach Ne br aska Gradoate Study, Univer s ity of Nebra ska,

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B S ., Morningside College, Sioux City, Iowa ., M.S., Universit y of Iowa, Iowa City. Graduate Study. Io wa State College, Am es ; Univ ersity of Georgia, Athens; Univ ersity of Nebras ka, Linco ln ; University of Ca '. ifornia, Lo s Angeles. Univ ers ity of Oregon, Eugene.

PATRICIA MANLEY (1972)

B.S .. M.S.. Kansas Stat e College, Pittsburg.

Instructor of Speech and Theatre

KEITH L. MELVIN (1956) Professor of Education

B.A. , Peru Stat e College, Nebra ska. M.A., Ed. D. , Univ er sity of Ne bra ska, Lin co ln .

WILLIAM L. MILES (1970) Instructor of Sociology. (On leave I 971- 72)

B.A. , M.A . , Lon g Beach St ate College, California.

DONALD MILLER (1969) Dir ector of Financial Aids. Instructor of Educational Psychology.

B.S., M.S . , Kan sas St ate University, Ma nhatt a n.

VIRGINIA MILLER (1970)

R N., Stormont Va il Ho spit a l School of Nur sing, Topeka, Ka nsas College Nurse.

JOE PELISEK (l 965) (Acting) Chairman, Department of Physical Education and Director of Athletics As si stant Professor of Physical Education Head Football and Golf Coach

B.A., Co rn e ll College, Mt. Vern o n , Iowa M.A., New Mex ico Highla nd s Univ ers ity , Las Vegas , New Me x ico Graduate Study , University of Iowa, Iowa City; Univ ersity of South Dakot a, Vermillion ; Univ er sity of Nebra ska, Lincoln. Kansas State Univ ers ity, Manh a ttan

ERVIN R. PITTS (1964)

Vice President of Business and Public Affairs Professor of Health and Physical Education

B.S., M E , E d.D , University of Missouri, Columbia.

BEN J. ROGGE (1972)

B S., Peru Stat e Co ll ege , Nebraska

GUY L. ROSENBERG (1966)

B.S., M.S. , We st ern Illinoi s Univ ers ity, Cit y.

Director of Special Services

Vice President of Student Affairs

Associate Professor of Psychology. Ma comb. Ph D ., Univ er sity of Iowa, Iowa

LESTER RUSSELL (1956) Professor of Industrial Arts.

B.A., Peru Stat e College, Nebraska. M. A. , Univ ers ity of Minnesota, Minneapolis . Ed . D., Univer sity of Nebra ska , Lin coln.

BONNIE R. RUTZ (l 965) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B S. , Pe ru Stat e Co lleg e, Nebra ska . M. A. , Univer sity of Nebraska, Lincoln.

ROGER SALMELA (1968) Instructor of History.

B.A., M A. , University of Minne so ta, Minn eapo lis. Graduate Study, St. Cloud State Coll ege, Minnesot a; Univer s ity of Nebra sk a at Omaha.

THOMAS SCHERER (l 969)

B. A. , M.S., Central Mis so uri St ate Wyoming , Laramie.

Director of Counseling and Testing.

Assistant Professor of Education. Co ll ege, Wa rren sburg . Ph . D., University of

GEORGE SCHOTTENHAMEL (1957) Chairman, Department of Social Sciences Professor of History and Social Sciences

B.A., North Ce ntral Coll ege, Napervill e, Illinois. M.A , in Hi story, M.A ., in Edu cation, Ph D. , Univer sity of Illinoi s, Urb a na

REX R. SHELLEY (1967) Dean, School of Education and Physical Education

Associate Professor of Education

B S. , Colorado State University, Fort Collins. M A., Ed D. , Univ ersity of Denver, Colorado.

FACULTY
9 RETURN TO REGISTRA~

FACULTY

LELAND H. SHERWOOD (1963)

Associate Professor of Art.

B.A., Peru State College, Nebraska. M.A., University of Wyoming, Laramie Doctorate pending, 1972, Indiana University, Bloomington.

ALAN F. SHIPLEY (1966) Business Manager.

B.S., Peru State College, Nebraska

C. VERNON SIEGNER (1961) Dean, School of Applied Arts and Technology Professor of Industrial Arts .

B.A., Central Washington State College, Ellensberg. M.S ., Oregon State University , Corvallis. Ed.D., Colorado State College , Greeley. Post Doctorate, Colorado Stat e University, Ft. Collins.

BALWANT SINGH (1969)

Associate Professor of Educational Psychology.

B.A., B.Ed ., Panjab University, India. M.Ed., University of Rajasthan, India. M.A. , University of London, England. Ed.D., University of Toronto, Canada.

ELDON SMITH (1970) Assistant Director Head Start Supplementary Training Program.

B.A., M.A., Arizona State University, Tempe. Graduate Study, University of Arizona, Tucson; Southern Illinois University, Carbondale; Arizona State University, Tempe.

MAX G. SMITH (1972)

Vice President of Academic Affairs

B.A., Milligan College, Johnson, Tennessee. M.A., Indiana. Ph D., University of Wis co nsin, Madison.

WILLIAM G. SNYDER (1970)

B.S., M.E d., University of Nebraska , Lincoln.

JEROME D. STEMPER (1950)

Professor of Education Butler University , Indianapoli s,

Instructor of History

Associate Professor of Physical Education. Director, Intramural Athletics.

B.A ., Kearney State College, Nebraska. M.A., University of Nebraska, Lincoln Graduate Study, University of Nebraska, Lincoln; Peru Stat e College, Nebraska.

SILAS E. SUMMERS (1960) Associate Professor of English.

B.A., Western State College, Gunnison, Colorado . M.A. , University of Missouri, Columbia. Graduate Study, Univ ets ity of Iowa, Iowa City; University of Oregon, Eugene; Western State College, Gunnison, Colorado

EVANS. VAN ZANT (1961) Associate Professor of Education Instructional Media Director.

B.A., Nebraska Central College, Central City. M.A., Univ ers ity of Nebraska, Lincoln . Graduate Study, University of Nebraska , Lincoln .

SCOTT J. WILLIAMS (1966)

Assistant Professor of Geography.

B S., M A., Graduate Study, Arizona State University, Tempe. Doctorate pending , 1972, University of Nebraska, Lin co ln .

GILBERT E. WILSON (1957)

Associate Professor of Instrumental Music Director of Band and Orchestra

B .S., Southeast Missouri Stat e College, Cape Girardeau. M.M., Vandercook College of Music, Chicago, Illinois. D.M.A., University of Missouri, Kan sas City. ·

MARY RUTH WILSON (1966)

Assistant Professor of English and Speech.

B S., Southeast Missouri State, Cape Girardeau. M.A., Peru St at e College, Nebraska. Graduate Study, University of Nebraska, Lincoln.

DARRELL WINNINGER (1952) Professor of Business. Head Tennis Coach.

B.S., M.S., Kansas State Teachers College, Pittsburg. Ed.D., Colorado State College, Greeley.

10

FACULTY

EMERITUS STAFF

NONA PALMER (1915-1950) Professor of Commerce.

NELLIE M. CAREY (1944-1957) . . . Librarian.

PHYLLIS DAVIDSON (l 929 -1957)Professor of Women's Physical Education.

EDNA WEARE (1929-1957) Professor of Home Economics.

L.B MATHEWS (1927-1961) Professor of Physics

VICTOR H JINDRA (1923-1961) Professor of Music.

GEORGE RATH (1946-1961) Professor of Foreign Languages.

RUTHS. BROWN (1943-1961) Professor of Education.

GEORGE R. DEVORE (1921-1962) Custodian

MARY CLARKE (1951-1964) Assistant Professor of Education .

STACY VANCE (1920-1964) Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds .

ROBERT T . BENFORD (1926-1965)Associate Professor of Piano and Organ .

ALFRED G. WHEELER (1938-1965) Professor of Health and

HAROLD 0. BORASS (1951-1966)

NORMA L. DIDDEL (1929-1966)

HAZEL WEARE (1943-1966)

ROBERT D. MOORE (1937-1970)

ALMA ASHLEY (1949-1970)

FRIEDA D . ROWOLDT (1952-1970)

HANFORD MILLER (1947-1971)

Physical Education. Professor of Educational Psychology .

Professor of Art , Professor of Business Education. Professor of English and Speech Professor of Elementary Education. Professor of Business Education . Associate Professor of Chemistry.

11

Official Committees

COLLEGE AFFAIRS COUNCIL

The Council is the representative of the professional staff of the college. It is concerned with the general welfare of the professional staff and the students and makes and/or revises all policies related to the internal affairs of the college.

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS COMMISSION

The Commission carries on a continuous study of the instructional program and recommends policy to the Colleg e Affairs ·Council. It is concerned with interschool and interdepartmental coordination and relationships. The various instructional programs are evaluated in terms of accrediting standards and guidelines of national academic associations. It evaluates the work and responsibility of its various committees.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE

The Committee reports regularly to the Academic Affairs Commission and recommends policy to the Commission . It serves in a liaison capacity between the Library and the faculty-student bodies. It advises in regard to the administration of the policies and regulations related to the Library along with making suggestions regarding the services, the budget , purchases, allocation of I funds, accreditation standards and the over-all needs

TEACHER EDUCATION COMMITTEE

The Teacher Education Committee searches out and identi- I fies areas needing policy statements. Sinc e the responsibility of the Committee is chiefly in academic affairs, the Commission on Academic Affairs will be advised of all recommendations that will be made to the College Affairs Council. It formulates thes e I policies and recommends them to the College Affairs Council. The Committee is authorized to delegate some of its responsibilities, such as Admission to Teacher Education to a sub-com- 1 mittee.

ADMISSIONS AND STANDARDS COMMITTEE

The Committee advises the Registrar on first time admissions as these may deviate from established policy or may be irregular in any manner. It has the authority to act on all applications for re-admission.

The Committee administers policies regarding scholastic probation and/or suspension. It recommends policy to the Academic Affairs Commission.

I I I I

l-
.
12

OFFICIAL COMMITTEES

STUDENT AFFAIRS COMMISSION

The Commission recommends p9licy , to the College Affairs Council. It interprets the philosophy and policy to students, faculty, parents, and the public. It p·rovides for the centralized administration and coordination of all student personnel functions. The Commission serves as an appeal or hearing body on decisions related to non-academic matters of the student.

FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE

The Committee shall advise the Director as he requests in the administration of Financial Aids and will award such scholarships as may be available. It recommends policy to the Commission on Student Affairs and will act as a review body as requested.

SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS COMMITTEE

The Committee has the responsibility of exploring ways and means of winning and influencing friends for the college. Particular areas of action include the involvement of faculty and staff, students and alumni in the dissemination of information and materials needed to adequately communicate with the public regarding the opportunities, programs, and services available which will enhance the image of the college.

STUDENT CONDUCT COMMITTEE

The Committee acts as a review board as requested in cases of student conduct. It shall advise the Vice-President of Student Affairs in matters related to student conduct and recommend policy to the Student Affairs Commission.

FACULTY ASSOCIATION

The membership of the committee representing the Faculty Association consists of the Executive Committee of the Association. The chairman of the Executive Council is the chairman of this committee. The committee concerns itself with both academic and personnel matters of the faculty and will, therefore, report to either the Academic Affairs Commission or the College Affairs Council. The Faculty Association has the responsibility of assisting with the orientation of new faculty members, and assisting in the evaluation of objectives, policies, student body, and problems associated with professional growth and development.

I I I l [ [ [
13

General Information

HISTORY

The same year Nebraska became a state, the new state legislature provided for the establishment of a training school for teachers or normal school at Peru. At that time only two other such institutions existed west of the Missouri River - one in Kansas and one in California. The school's beginning actually d ates back to December 2, 1865, when its predecessor institution, Mount Vernon College, was organized by a group of early settlers who resolved to place the school under the "care and management of the Methodist Episcopal Church."

After the church declined the offer, Col. T. J. Majors, a leader in the War between the States and a state legislator, proposed that the school be made the state university. Although the offer was rejected, the state legislature on June 20, 1867, did accept the school as a "normal school" several months before the state university was established . For 38 years after the Peru school became a normal school , it was the only teacher education institution in the state.

As Nebraska's popul a tion increased, the legislature provided for three other normal schools - at Kearney in 1905, at Wayne in 1910 and at Chadron in 1911. The legislature extended the normal schools from two years to four in 1921 and authorized these institutions to grant the degrees of Bachelor of Arts in Education, Bachelor of Science in Education and Bachelor of Fine Arts in Education. At the same time, the names of the schools were changed from State Normal Schools to State Teachers Colleges. In 1963 the name was changed to Peru State College.

When the United States entered World War II, the College offered its staff and facilities to the government for the training of officers for the armed forces. The first unit of men in the Navy V-12 program arrived on July 1, 1943. During the time the nearly 500 trainees received college training, the College operated on an accelerated program for both civilian students and naval trainees. Since that time many of these trainees have used the hours of college credjt earned at Peru for degree requirements at Peru or other institutions of higher learning throughout the nation. '· •

In 1949, the legislature authorized the Nebraska State Colleges to confer the Bachelor of Arts degree. The Bachelor of Science degree was authorized in 1965.

I I

14
I

Nebraska's first College by these presidents:

1867-1871 - J M. McKenzi e

1871 -18 71 - Henry H. Straight

1871 -18 72 - A. D. Williams

1872-18 74 - T. J. Morgan

1874-1875 - Aze l Freeman

1875-1877 - S R. Thompson

1877-1883 - Robert Curry

1883 -1893 - G. E Farnham

1893-1896 - A. W. Norton

1896-1900 - James A. Beattie

GENERAL INFORMATION

has been guided through the years

• 1900 J1904 - A. W. Clark

1904-1910 - J. W. Crabtree

' 1910-1918- D. W. Hay es

1918-1921 - E. L. Rous e

1921"-1923 - A. L. Caviness

1923-1946 - W R Pa t e

1946-1950 - W. L. Nicholas

1950-1951 - Way ne 0. Reed

1951- - Ne al S. Gomon

15

GENERAL INFORMATION

LOCATION

Seat of Nebrask a's o ld es t institution of hi gh er education is hi sto ric Peru (populati o n 1380) in the hills along th e Missouri Riv er in the southeast corner of the state. Th e picturesque Nemaha county town is 62 mile s south of Om aha an d 75 mile s sout h eas t of Lincoln . Peru is served by Nebraska Highway 67 which intersects U S. Highway 73 and 75 si x mil es wes t of th e

cam pu s. Auburn , co unty seat of Nemah a County, is five mil es so uth , a nd Nebrask a City, Oto e co unty sea t , is 15 mil es north of the jun ction of th ese hi ghways. Th e Campus of a Th o u sa nd Oaks is o n approximately the same la titude as New York City a nd is

abo ut 15 0 mil es east of th e center of contin ent a l Unit e d States. 1 About 80 per cent of Peru 's students come fr om Nebraska, with a dj acen t states well r eprese nt e d. Students from more distant sta t es are also enroll e d a t P eru.

TRANSPORTATION

Daily bu s service to Om a ha , Lincoln , Kansas City , Topeka , with co nn ec tions in those cities to mor e di sta nt p o ints, i s avai la bl e at Auburn, 12 mil es from Peru. Perso n s wanting tran sportation from Peru to Auburn can usu a lly find r id es with stud e nt s and faculty m embers. Students arrivin g in Auburn at th e ope nin g of a semester o r S'umm er session m ay secure transp o rt a tion by informin g th e Dir ec tor of Sp ecial Ser vic es in advance o f arrival. College tr a n sportation will be provid ed t o and from Auburn only at th e b egi nnin g or end of a semester or summer session. Taxi service is a lso available through th e Auburn Hotel.

MEMBERSHIPS AND ACCREDITATIONS

Pe ru State College is accre dited by the North Central Association of Colleges a nd Secondary Schools and the National Council for accreditation of Teacher Education as a bachelor's degree granting instituti o n Full membership is maintained in the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education and the American Council of Education. The College a lso is a charter m e mb er o f the N e brask a Council on Teacher Education

OBJECTIVES

The College offers stud e nts the opportunity to sec ur e both professional trainin g a nd ge n era l e du ca tion. This is m a d e possible through the followin g objectives.

.
16 RETU:lffl TO REGISTRAR

GENERAL INFORMATION

OBJECTIVES OF GENERAL EDUCATION

The staff believ es that general education sho uJd:

1. Promote the student's unders ta nding of his rights, privileges a nd r es ponsibilities of p articipation and leadership in a democr a tic society.

2. Encourage intellectual curiosity.

3. Incr ease the student's ability to apply abstract knowle dge to particular and concrete situations.

4. Provid e the opportunity to underst a nd his interaction with his physical e nvironment.

5. Provid e th e opportunity to attain e motional and social a djustment.

6. Incr ease the student's ability to read and listen with critical comprehension.

7. Incr ease his ability to convey id eas, feelings and/or experiences to others with clarity

8. Encourage the growth of ~o und physical a nd mental health on the part of the student.

9. Provid e th e opportunity to es tablish e ducation a l and vocational goals.

10. Encourage the growth of d es irable leisur e-time activities.

11 . Encourage the growth of mor a l and spiritual values.

OBJECTIVES OF TEACHER EDUCATION

Th e staff believ es that the teacher e ducation pro gram should:

1 Provid e the opportunity for th e s tud ent to becom e familiar with the material available for instructional purposes.

2. Provide an opportunity for the student to acquire adequate knowledge of subject matter , to d e velop skill in methods and techniques in t eac hing.

3. Improve the student's underst a nding of how children grow, develop and lea rn.

4. Encourage self-evaluation and improvement on the part of th e student with regard to the crit eria for successful teaching.

5. Develop an understandin g and acceptance of responsibility toward the ethics of the teaching profession .

6. Develop a philosophy of education compatible with a democratic society.

17
~. '-.. :i...~~-------- q~,.,r _r,-r- ~-ri.,J'· .......1___,· ,.__ .,- -

GENERAL INFORMATION

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

ADMINISTRATION. The admini.:,tration, business, personnel, and professional services office, as well as classrooms and instructors' offices, are housed in the Ad.ministiation Building. This facility was completely rehabilitated in 1967. The Campus Post Office, located on the first floor, handles incoming and outgoing mail.

LIBRARY. One of the first established in Nebraska, the College Library is centrally located on the College Campus. Completely air-conditioned, it houses reading rooms, study carrels, work and seminar rooms, audio-visual rooms and stacks to accommodate 75,000 volumes. Additional collections, including the children's library and curriculum library are housed in the Library.

SCIENCE. The W. F. Hoyt Hall was designed especially for the teaching of science. The Science Building houses wellequipped laboratories and accompanying classrooms and offices. Complete facilities for the instruGtion of astronomy, botany, zoology, chemistry, geology, geography, physics and health are included in the three-story structure. An observatory with a six-inch refractor telescope used in the instruction of astronomy is located on the roof. This building was completely remodeled and renovated during the summer and fall, 1970.

An extensive collection of biological and mineral specimens displayed in the Science Building is available for student study. Each year school children and adult groups from a wide area view these displays.

FINE ARTS CENTER. One of the finest Fine Arts Centers in the mid west was occupied in Ja1iuary, 1966. This building replaces the Music Hall on the north side of the Campus Mall. Completely air-conditioned, the new facility provides excellent quarters for music, speech, drama and art. The first floor houses classrooms and laboratories for speech and dramatics, a recital hall , band, orchestra and chorus rehearsal rooms and six studios. The second floor has three general classrooms, nine practice rooms and the art department complex.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS. The A. V. Larson Industrial Arts Building was opened for use in September, 1960. Located immediately south of the Education Building, the new facility provides the best in training and equipment in power mechanics , electricity-electronics, industrial crafts, woodworking, metal working , drafting, graphic arts, photography, and related areas.

I I r I I [ f J l l I _ I l
19

GENERAL INFORMATION

EDUCATION. Formerly known as the T. J. Majors Campus School, the Education Building houses classrooms, laboratories and offices for the School of Education and related areas. By legislative enactment the campus laboratory school was closed at the end of the 1966-67 academic year. The Peru area is now a part of Nemaha County School District 29 with attendance centers at Auburn and Peru. Also housed in this building are the business education, geography and home economics departments.

AUDITORIUM. This facility has been completely renovated. The building has a seating capacity of approximately 650, is completely air-conditioned and provides excellent facilities for convocations, recitals, operettas, dramatic productions, conferences and clinics. Classrooms and laboratories for the English and Speech departments are housed in the building and occupy rehabilitated quarters in the south wing of the structure.

GYMNASIUM. Reconstructed in 1949 on the site of the original Chapel, the Gymnasium has an overall dimension of 100 feet by 156 feet and a seating capacity of 2,500 . The facilities include two basketball floors, tile swimming pool, indoor track, locker and shower rooms for men and women. The building houses physical education offices and classrooms.

OAK BOWL. The College's natural bowl with its concrete stadii.1m seating 2,500 is known as the Oak Bowl. An elevated parking lot accommodating 60 automobiles provides additional seating accommodations for spectators at athletic events. Press box and concession stand are located on the stadium side of the bowl. Hard surface tennis courts are in an area south of the Oak Bowl. The area north of the playing field i.s a baseball diamond I and a practice field. Complete dressing rooms for home and visiting teams were added to the area in the Spring of 1968 . .

HEALTH CENTER. The Student Health Service, which I provides first aid treatment and hospitalization for students needing emergency medical care, operates in the Health Center. A registered nurse is in charge of the Health Center - working under the direction of the College physician and College Student Health Committee.

STUDENT CENTER. One of the newer buildings on the campus is the Student Center, located west of the mall and south I of Morgan Hall for women. This ultra-modern facility was first occupied in January, 1961 with additional dining and service facilities opened in the fall of 1965. The split-level building

20

GENERAL INFORMATION

houses the main dining room, small dining rooms and meeting rooms, a commodious lounge, a faculty room, cloak and rest rooms on the upper floor; a game room ~ bookstore , rest rooms and the snack bar 011 the lower floor. The building is completely air-conditioned.

COLLEGE BOOKSTORE. The College Bookstore is located on the lower floor of the Student Center. Current textbooks are carried in stock. School supplies are available at moderate prices.

MORGAN HALL. With accommodations for 184 coeds, Morgan Hall was built originally in the 1930's and enlarged in 1960. Major renovation and rehabilitation of public areas and student rooms was completed in the summer of 1966. A new heating system with self-contained convector heating units in all rooms was completed fall, 1970.

Adjacent to the main lobby is an attractive lounge where residents receive guests. Other facilities available to Eliza Morgan Hall residents include a recreation room , laundry and ironing rooms and a kitchen. A full-time advisor is on duty and has an apartment off the main lobby.

DELZELL HALL. Erected in 1939 and remodeled in 1958, Del zell Hall provides accommodations for 151 men. The building was completely rehabilitated, including a new heating and plumbing system, in the summer of 1966. In addition to combination study-sleeping rooms, Delzell provides a comfortable lounge, reading room, television lounge, recreation area and laundry facilities. A full-time advisor is on duty in an apartment adjacent to the first floor lobby.

MAJORS HALL EAST. This men's residence hall was opened for occupancy in September, 1960. This completely air-conditioned building is the last word in college dormitory space. It has comfortable accommodations for 96. Majors Hall has a comfortable lounge, television room and laundry facilities. A full-time advisor is on duty and has an apartment adjacent to the lounge and lobby.

MAJORS HALL WEST. This men's residence hall was opened for occupancy September, 1965. As a companion to Majors Hall, it has comfortable accommodations for 122 men. One of the features of this building is a Commons area for use of the residents of both halls plus a recreation room, lounge and lobby space and inter-connecting laundry and storage facilities.

I I I I l
21

GENERAL INFORMATION

The two halls share a full-time advisor who h as an apar tm ent adjacent to th e common lounge a nd lobby.

CENTENNIAL COMPLEX. Befitting th e opening of a second century of service to state and nation, the new coe du cational d ormitory facil it y which was opened in the fall of 1967 has been named the Centennial Residence Comp lex. The seven-unit "home away from home" is the last word in student housing incorporating features most conducive to study, rest and wholesome group living. Almost a community in itself, the Complex houses 234 students in six structures, each designed for efficiency and comfort.

DAVIDSON a nd PALMER HALLS, interconnected by a covered breezeway, houses women st ud ents. Clayburn a nd Mathews Halls similar ly int erconnected, is a men's reside n ce hall. Each pair of buildings has quarters for resident advisor, relief advisor, parlor recreation area, laundry, storage room, TV lounge and commons area. Students are housed in suites to accomodate four or six persons. Each suite has two or three bedrooms, a carpeted living room and a full bath Each bedroom is equipped w_ith twin beds, ample closet and drawer space, study tables and chairs. Living rooms are equipped with davenports , lounge c h airs, reading tables and lamps fo r study and/or relaxation.

The Neal Dining Hall in the Comp lex area is ava il ab le for u se by Comp lex residents as occupancy dictates. Wh en operat ion of the dining facilities at the Complex is not economica lly feasib le, students are provided m ea ls at the Student Center dining rooms.

MARRIED STUDENT HOUSING. Five housing units for

married students were comp leted for occupancy September 1, 1956. These housing units are located in a park-like setting east of the Oak Bowl. Two units contain four two-bedroom apartments and three contain two one-bedroom apartments. A stove, refrigerator, automatic washer a nd dryer are furnished in each apartment. The apartments are heated by gas.

PATE HALL, in th e Centennia l R esidence comp lex h as been converted to housing for married students. There are nine onebedroom and three two-bedroom apartments now in use. Each has a combination kitchen-dining area, liv in g room, fu ll bath and one or two bedrooms . All are furnished with basic equipment. Married coup les without chi ldr en or with an infant chi ld are eli gib le for assignment to this area.

22

GENERAL INFORMATION

I I I I I I I I I I I I I

FACULTY HOUSING. Two units for faculty a p a rtm ents were completed during the summer of 1956. One of the units , a split lev e l structure, contains two two-beclroori-i apartm e nts and two one-bedroom apartments. The second un1f contains two twob e droom apartments and two three-bedroom apartments.

FUTURE EXPANSION. To meet the needs of present and futur e students, the governing board has approved r eq u ests for thre e physical plant improvements - air conditioning of the A . V. Larson Industrial Arts building, completion of the remodeling ' and rehabilitation of the Science Hall and plannin g money for a new Health and Physical Education building. Future plans includ e an addition to the Library , r e modeling and renovation of the Education building including the business education, geography and home eco nomics departments, installation of a central air-conditioning plant, additional stadium seating and furth er developm en t of recreational areas. ·

CAMPUS ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations for campus buildings are us e d frequ e ntly in li stin g rooms for class organization meetings. The first of the thr ee -digit numbers used with the building abbreviation indicates the floor, and the second and third are the room numb e r on that floor. For example, Ad 101 would be room number one on the first floor of the Administration Building.

A - Auditorium

Ad - Administration Building

ED - Education Buildin g

FA - Fine Arts Center

G-Gymnasium

HC - He a lth Center

IA - Industri a l Arts

L - Libr a ry

S - Science Buildin g

SC - Student Center

PERU ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

Peru Alumni Association membership includes all graduates and former students of Peru State College. Each year, luncheons, r ece ptions and reunions are sponsored. Local alumni chapters, organized in Omaha and Lincoln in 19 5 5, in Denver , in 19 5 7, in Be rkel ey, California in 19 5 8, and in Los Angeles in 1961, sponsor activities in their areas with the assistance of the alumni office, which is part of the office of special services.

The SO-year class reunion , a tradition at commencement, and th e 25 and 40-year class reunions at Homecoming are arranged by th e alumni office. Since 1969, reunions have been planned for the

I I I
23

GENERAL INFORMATION

60 and 70-year classes at commencement. At Homecoming specia l invitations are extended to classes of five-year intervals for the alumni luncheon.

The Alumni Association Council, elected during Homecoming weekend, is the advisory board for the executive secretary of the Peru Alumni Association. Present members, elected November 6, 1971 , include:

President ..... ......... . . .... .. Robert Adams, '55, Omaha

First Vice-President ... . . ....... .. Richard Daly, '68, Auburn

Second Vice-President . Karlene Dougherty Sherwood, '65, Peru Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Hopp, '68, Columbus Treasurer . . . . . . . . . .

Marianne Shuey Applegate, '67, Louisville

Immediate past officers (1970-71) are Gerald Littell, '63, Pawnee City, president; Bonnie R. Rutz, '57, Peru, first vice. president; Elaine Bath Schlange, '63, Auburn, second vice-president; Sharon Donlan Brown, '64, Omaha, secretary; Judy Beran Hetherington, '65, Lincoln, treasurer. ·

Presidents of lo cal alumni chapters are: Omaha, Reuben Panders, '43, Council Bluffs, Iowa ; Lincoln, Tom Moss e r, '70, Lincoln ; Rocky Mountain, Rita Russell Bolinski, '40, Englewood, Colo. ; Northern California, Rex Floyd, '46, Fairfield, Calif.; Southern California, Lee Haeberlein, '63.

The Alumni Office. Lo ~a ted in the Services Building south of the Administration building , the office maintains a file of all graduates and many former students. Degree and diploma recipients are filed by classes as well as alphabetically and geographically. A collection of yearbooks, commencement programs, alumni publications and other memorabilia is housed in the alumni office. The office cooperates with the Library in maintenance of archival materials in the special collection room of the Library.

The Peru Stater. The College publishes The Peru Stater which is distributed in November and May to alumni, former students, and friends of the College. The staff of Special Services edits and publishes the magazine.

PERU AC:HIE).!EMENT FOUNDATION

As a result of the work of a group of alumni , the Peru Achievement Foundation was organized in June, 1955, and incorporated as a non-profit corporation for educational and charitable purposes May 21, 19 62.

24

GENERAL INFORMATION

Organized for the promotion and support of Peru State College, the Foundation has as its primary purpose: "to aid, assist and promote the educational program, faculty, employees, students , and to encourage the attendance . .. of worthy and deserving students, and to grant scho larships and student loans to deserving students."

This purpose is accomplished through the solicitation and acceptance of "gifts, grants, devises and bequests of real or personal prop erty, or both, and to hold, administer, use and dispose of the same, both principal and income ... " from alumni and friends of the College.

Since the beginning in 1955, the Peru Achievement Foundation has provided scho larships; administered scholarships for various organizations, individuals and groups; furnished all matching funds for th e National Defense Student Loan Program; provided for the furnishings of the small dining room in the Student Center; assisted with the presentation of information concerning th e College to the legislature and j n other ways promoted the College.

GIFTS

Various graduating classes and other organizations have presented gifts to the College in the form of memorials. An early-day Peru group, the Fortnightly Art Club, contributed a frieze, statuary ·and other works of ·art. A statue of Horace Mann, housed in the Auditorium with the gifts of the Fortnightly Art Club, was given by the class of 1898. The class of 1903 contributed the clock in the Library. A picture of the Shaw Memorial was the gift of the class of 1908. The campus lighting system was presented by the class of 1914, and the brick portals at the north entrance to the campus were contributed by the class of 1915. The sun dial and fountain in the formal garden east of the Administration Building were the gifts of the classes of 1920 and 1929, respectively, and the walks from the campus to the Oak Bowl were given by the class of 1924. The bell system was presented to the Collge by classes of 1927, 1928 and 1930 and the Philomathean Literary Society. The fans in the Auditorium were the gifts of the classes of 1931, 1932, 1933, 1934 and 193 5. The drinking fountain in the Science Building was given by the class of 1936. The cl ass of 1961 contributed an oil painting by Leland Sherwood, '57, a member of the Peru faculty, for the t e levision room of the Student Center. The classes of 1962 and 1963 provided the brick wall and sign at the south entrance to

25

GENERAL INFORMATION

the campus. Other classes have made contributions to the College Loan Fund and to the Peru Achievement Foundation .

LIBRARY SERVICES

Nebraska's oldest college library, the Peru State Library, is considered one of the best collections in the state The facilities include approximately 75,000 volumes , including standard reference works, periodical guides and indexes, and special collections . Four hundred sixty periodicals are received regularly by subscription , with a large number bound for permanency. Besides current materials, valuable older mate1ial, including a number of complete bound periodicals dating back to the mid-l 800's are available. The Library subscribes to metropolitan newspapers and many weekly Nebraska newspapers.

In addition, the Library receives publications of the U S. Office of Education and is a depository for publications of oth e r governmental agencies. Children's library and curriculum library collections are housed in the Library.

PLACEMENT SERVICES

Teacher Placement. Peru State College maintains a central office for the confidential recommendations of students and alumni. Each candidate is to provide personal information and recommendations that will assist him in securing a position. Prospective employers may receive credentials without charge.

Business and Industrial Placement. Assistance is given students in finding full time employment in business, industry, and governmental services. Literature on various companies is available to stud ents who may be interested.

Sample letters of inquiry, letters of application, personal data sheets , etc., are available to assist the candidates. Employment interviews are oftei1 h e ld on campus. The Placement Office maintains a library of ooc upational information.

There is a nominal fee for sending credentials and the mailing of vacancy lists which are issued periodically The fee includes service from September 1 to August 31 of the following year.

26

GENERAL INFORMATION

SERVICES OF THE COLLEGE OFFERED THE PUBLIC

Conferences and Clinics. Nearly. every month during the academic year , the College is host to various conferences and clinics for high school and adult education groups. The College offers its facilities to these groups in an effort to make the institution serve the educational needs of the entire community which the College serves. In recent years music clinics for high school choral groups, bands and individual instrumentalists; clinics in speech and dramatics; business and industrial conferences and meetings of fraternal and civic groups; women's social and educational organizations; and special interest groups, have been held on the campus.

Speakers and Entertainment Services. Schools, civic and educational organizations are invited to make use of speakers a nd e ntertainment made available through the College. Faculty memb e rs are available to speak throughout the year, as well as for commencement addresses in high schools . Musical and dramatic programs, demonstrations, debates •and lectures also may be arranged through the College.

Well Child Conference. Any child, (from six weeks to six years), regardl ess of residence , whose parents will bring the child for regularly scheduled examinations, is eligible to attend the Well Child Conference at the College. The clinic, (the first and third Tuesday of each month), is conducted by the College in cooperation with the Southeast Nebraska Community Action Council and the State Department of Health. Details of the program may be obtained by writing the Well Child Conference, Peru State College, Peru, Nebraska, 68421.

27

Academic Information

ADMISSION

Students seeking admission to the College shou ld write to the Director of Admissions for the officia l forms. All parts of thes e forms must be completed and returned not later than four we eks prior to the beginning of the term for which admission is sought. Failure to meet this de a dline will cause a d e lay in r egistra tion with the subsequent problems related to the student obtaining th e mo st a ppropriat e class schedule. High school seniors are advised to make application for a dmi ss ion at the close of seven semesters of high school study. In this case if all conditions are not satisfactorily met , the applicant will be given provision al admission. It is the responsibility of th e applicant to r eques t a supplementary transcript of the eighth semester's credit to be sent to the Admissions Office. F ailure to do so may result in denial of admission. Non-resid ent applicants are subject to polici es administer e d by th e Admissions and Standards Committee.

Application for a dmission procedure requir es th e following forms: (1) Person al ap plic at ion for admission and $25.00 fee which will ap ply on the tuition. (2) A $2 5.00 room reservation fee. Th ese fees will b e refunded only to applicants den ied admission. (3) Student medical record and m e dical exa mination. ( 4) Official tr a nscript , high ~c hool as well as any previous college or university. (5) Confidential report. The latter two forms are to be sent directly from the high schoo l and the college or university . All admission materials are h eld by the College and are not returned. No registration is comp lete until these r ecor ds a re on fil e.

The American College Test is r equi r e d of all students seeking admission to Peru State College. Thi s t est is given at num ero u s centers throughout the Unit ed States. (Information r ega rding th e availability of this test may be obtained by writing to the American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 168 , Iowa City, Iowa, 52240). Your guidance counselor may also provide information concerning the nearest testing center. Also, the test is given at announced interv als on this campus . It is advisable for a student to take the test at his ea rliest opportunity.

Full Admission. Nebraska high school graduates may receive full admission to freshman standing with a minimum of 160 high school semester hours ( 16 units) from a four-year high school an d the recommendation of th e higfi school counselor or princip al.

L
28 I I I I

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

Although no specific distribution of entrance units is necessary, fr is recommended that at least half of . the - µnits earned represent work in English, foreign language, mathematics, natural science and social sciences. · · ·

Conditional Admission. Students who have 150 high school semester hours ( 15 units) or the equivalent for high school graduation, are admitted to freshman standing on condition that their work proves satisfactory during the first year in college. Appropriate college courses may be recommended in fields where the student is deficient upon admission. Mature individuals, who are not high school graduates, who are otherwise prepared and recommended for college work, may be admitted as special students. A college aptitude test and the G E D (General Education Development) tests may be administered in judging the individual's qualification for admission .

Advanced Standing . This implies attainment beyond the minimum for admission to the College. The status may be acquired by (1) presenting work completed in another college; (2) demonstrating proficiency in a certain field, thus removing the requirement of certain prerequisites. The latter may be with or without credit.

Applicants for admission from other colleges must, in addition to submitting the formal application, request each college to send an official transcript and evidence of dismissal in good standing. Only credits with grades of "C" (equivalent) and higher are accepted in transfer. Students seeking admission while under probation at the last college attended will, if accepted, be placed on probation for one semester and subject to all policies of probation in this College . Students under suspension at another college or university will not be considered for admission until the suspension period has expired and all facts related to the suspension are known. Failure to list on the application all colleges previously attended will be cause for dismissal.

A maximum of 66 semester hours applicable toward a degree based on 1.25 hours, will be accepted from applicants transferring from a junior college.

Readmission. Students whose progress toward graduation was interrupted during a semester or at the close of a semester shall apply for readmission at least four weeks prior to the term for which he plans to enroll. An admission fee of $25.00 must

I I I
11
I I I I I I I I
I I I
29

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

accompany the application. If readmission is approved, the fee

will be applied on tuition when the student enrolls. The fee will be refunded if readmission is denied. Forms are available through the Registrar's Office.

TRANSFER CREDIT

Peru State College will accept only credit with "C" or higher grade in each course submitted for transfer. This condition applies also to credit earned on any interim basis at another college while essentially a student at Peru State College.

Admission from Non-Accredited Colleges. Applicants transferring to Peru State College from a non-accredited college must meet all requirements of a first time student. Each application must be accompanied with an official transcript of all previous credit sent to the office of admission. Credits earned at nonaccredited institutions will be accepted on a provisional basis This credit is to be validated upon satisfactory completion of 30 semester hours of degree credit at Peru State College.

AUDIT

To register for a course on an audit basis implies no credit. The student pays the regulat tuition fee and is not required to write tests, examinations, and/or papers.

ARMED FORCES CREDIT

A veteran of the armed forces who has received an honorable discharge from activ e duty will generally be granted credit for his military experiences in accordance with the recommendations of the American Council on Education.

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION

Private instruction is available in art, music and speech. Music students will receive private instruction without charge, in relation to their field of concentration. Other students will pay rate per lesson as listed in Financial Information section of catalog.

PR'OFESSIONAL SERVICES

Evening College Courses. The College makes available in a We dnesday evening program such course offerings as seem most beneficial in meeting the needs of students who are interested.

I I
30

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

Each semester these evening classes meet once a week for sixteen weeks. Each course is usually evaluated at three hours of college credit. The two nightly sessions start at 5:00 p.m. and 7:45 p.m.

Off-Campus Courses. Off-campus courses are made available at study center sites within the geographical service area of the College. The best practice in organizing a study center class is to work through the office of the County Superintendent of Schools. The courses which are available depend upon priority of requests and the available instructional personnel. Such information is publicized by county school superintendents and by direct mail at the beginning of each semester. Undergraduate credit only is offered.

SUMMER SESSION

The ten-week summer session i:;; divided into two five-week terms which makes it possible for a student to earn a maximum of twelve semester hours of credit, six hours in each term. For the most part, the program will be of special interest to teachers. Beginning courses will be available which make it possible for a recent high school graduate to enter college. Copies of the summer school bulletin may be secured from the Registrar.

Graduate Program. Graduate courses will be offered in the summer session for purposes of certification and/or transfer. If a student wishes to transfer credit, prior approval should be secured from the graduate school to which the credit is to be transferred. The program of studies will include elementary education, secondary education and supervision. Detailed information may be obtained by writing the Vice President of _Academic Affairs.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

College credit is expressed in terms of the semester hour, which represents the satisfactory completion of one hour of class attendance per week for one semester (18 weeks). The work may include any type of activity prescribed in the course - classroom work, preparation, laboratory or shop work, etc.

Students having earned less than 30 semester hours of credit are classified as freshmen; 30 to 59 hours as sophomores; 60 to 89 hours as juniors; and 90 to 125 hours as seniors. Degree

31

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

students earning additional undergraduate credit are classifi e d as post graduate students.

COURSE NUMBERS

Students enrolling in th e College , register for courses corresponding to their classification (fres hm a n, sophomore, etc.) unless advised to do otherwise. Courses numb ere d 1-99 are uncl ass ified and open to all students. Courses number e d 100-199 are for freshmen ; 200-299 for sophomores; 300-399 for juniors ; 400-499 for seniors; 400G -499G for graduates and seniors; 500-599 for graduates.

ACADEMIC LOAD

The normal class load for a full tim e student is 12 to 16 semester hours. The maximum load without special p ermission is 17 hours. Students with a grade point average of 7.00 for th e pr evio us semester may apply to th e Registrar for one additional hour making a tot al of eighteen. An excess of eighteen hours must be approved by th e Dea n of the School and th e Registrar. Students with a G.P.A. of l ess than 7 . 00 the pr evious semester must h ave th e approval of the Dean of the School and th e Registrar for a n excess of seventeen hours .

Vet era ns and other eligible persons attending this College und er th e benefits of Chapter 34 and 35, Title 38, U .S .C. , as full tim e students must be enrolled for at least 12 semester hours or the eq uivalent.

DEPARTMENTAL ASSISTANTS

Dep ar tmen ta! Assistants are positions open to students in th eir field of concentration. Generally these positions are intended for students who will enter graduate study dir ec tly upon graduation from Peru.

As an Assistant, the student assists with pr e paration , administration and evaluation of tests in lower division class es; and assists with various other classroom activities.

The position of Departmental Assistant carries no hours of credit. Howev e r, the .experience is recognized by b ei ng placed upon the student's perrnaneHt record.

ATTENDANCE AND SCHOLASTIC ATTITUDE

Students are expected to attend classes regularly, arrive punctually and do all assigned work in each class. Th e student

I32 I
I

agrees to this when he r eg isters for a course. Attendance is a privilege and a responsibility represented not only by the student's investment but also by a consirlerable investment by the State.

Whenever absences or other elements of scholastic attitude re ac h the point of b e ing detrimental (regardless of cause) to the student's standing in class and/or the success of the class as a whole, the instructor may confer with the student and advise the Vice President of Student Affairs. The instructor and the student may mutually agree that the registration in the course should be cancelled or the instructor may issue the student a "scholastic alert." Future conferences for the same or related reasons , most likely will result in the student being dropped from the class. If the student requests, the Vice President of Student Affairs may be asked to participate in the decision. The above is the only sanction as far as exce ssive abse11.ces and/or other elements of scholastic attitude are concerned.

RESIDENT ATTENDANCE

A minimum of 30 hours of r ;sident credit earned in the College is required for the issuance of a degree. Twenty-four of the last 30 hours of work for a degree must be earned in r es idence at the College.

GRADING SYSTEM

A nine-point grading system is . employed to evaluate the quality of the stud ent's achievement.

Marking to dP,signate failure and other irregularities:

9 Except io nal

X In com plete

WP Authorized withdrawalpa ssing work a t time

WF Authorized withdrawalfailing work at tim e

W Not graded

W Withdrawal - Not graded

The grades in numbers indicate the value of each semester hour of credit and also become the means for calculating the student's grade point average (GPA) to compare with scholarship standards. Students are urged to calculate their own GPA from time to time and realize their own status. The following two exa

es will be valuable in understanding the calculations:

ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Grade
Meaning
8 Superior
Average 2 Poor F CR NCR Percentage Equivalents 95 - 100 90 - 94 85 - 89 80 - 84 75 - 79 70 - 74 65 - 69 60 ~ 64 60-Below Credit No Credit
7 Very Good 6 High Average S Average 4 Low Average 3 Below
33
mpl

*When credit is ungraded, it is not included in divisor for GPA.

(This GPA subjects the student to Probation.)

*This effec t s a low er GPA since credit valu e is part of divisor. If WP, the cre dit value i s not u sed.

Incomplete (X) work may be completed and cleared through the instructor to earn a passing mark, and this must be done within the next semester or the record will show F (Failing).

SC H OLARSH I P ST A N DA RDS

A candidate for a degree must earn 125 hours with a minimum GPA of 5 .00 except in Teacher Education which requires a GPA of 5.25. Grades are review e d at the end of each mid-term. A student to be in good standing must maintain a GPA on the basis of the following cumulative scale:

A student failing to meet the above requirements is automatically placed on academic probation the following ·semester. Fai l ur e to raise the GPA to the minimum in the above scale may result in academic suspension for one semester. If a student feels there are exceptions to be noted in his case, he may appeal the suspension to the Admissions and Standards Committee. Students on scholastic probation may attend a summer session to raise a GPA.

A student having been suspended must apply for readmiss i on If a student is readmitted after a period of suspension , he must show satisfactory progress to avoid permanent suspension .

I I I I I I I

Course I. II. III. IV. V. VI. Credit Value 5 3 3 3 2 1* 16 + 1 * Grade Mark 7 8 7 7 8 p GPA = 117 --;. 16=7.31 Honor Points 35 24 21 21 16 117
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Credit Grade Honor Course Value Mark Points I. 3 6 18 II. 3 3 9 III 2 F* 0 IV . 3 WF* 0 V. 3 2 6 VI. 1 4 4 15 37 GPA=37 --;. 15
=2.47
Hours Attempted Less than 32 32- 47 4 8- 63 64-125 Minimum G.P .A. 3.00 3.60 4 .30 5.00
34 REtURN to REGISTRAR

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

A transfer student who was suspended from the College last attended will not be admitted until the suspension period has expired. When admitted, the student will be on probation for one semester. A transfer student under probation from the previous college will likewise be admitted on probation for one semester. The conditions for removal of the ·probation are the same as those which apply to all other students.

Teacher Preparation. In addition to employing counseling procedures to guard against unproductive educational programs, the College maintains fixed minimum standards of scho larship for teacher-preparation curriculums.

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION

Students , who by reason of experience and/or personal improvement, may qualify for credit in lower division courses through the procedure of an intervi e'w and a written examination. The student must, through an interview, satisfy a faculty committee that he has had a formal or informal experience whereby the course content may have been acquired. If the committee feels the above conditions have been met, the student will be given a written comprehensive examination .

The amount of credit to be allowed; the course for which substitution, if any, is made; and the particular graduation requirements, which may be satisfied, will be determined by the dean of the school and his committee and will be subject to all genera l graduation requirements. The student must register for the course and pay the tuition charges before writing the examinations.

Also a student may earn credit by examination through the College-Level Examination Program prepared by the College Entrance Examination Board. Details of this procedure may be obtained from the dean of the school representing the students' field. The following subject areas represent possible credit by examination through the above procedure; [ American Government Psychology

v American History

American Literature II

(?,H uman Growth and Development

v Introduction to Business Management

v Analysis and Interpretation .. Introductory Accounting of Literature

v Introductory Business Law

35

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

v Biology (}J Introductory Calculus

(£,C ollege Algebra ./I ntroductory Economics

G'.:)Computers and Data Processin{an troductory Marketing

Psychology Sociology

v Elementary Computer Programing - FORTRAN IV and Measurements

! General Chemistry / Western Civilization

REPEAT COURSES

A student may and is urged to repeat any course in which

he has failed There may be occasions when a student chooses to repeat a course purely for review, to be taken on an audit basis , without a change of grade.

HONORS COURSES

Honors courses are available for those students who meet the scholastic requirements. Further details may be obtained from the respective dean.

CHANGE IN REGISTRATION

The accuracy of each registration as related to class periods, sections, days and other possible conflicts is the responsibility of the student. Also, the ultimate responsibility for the meeting of all requirements rests with the student . In the event a change in program is unavoidable following a registration, the student must secure the approval of the advisor and the instructor. No courses may be added after two weeks. When applicable, a refund will be made A fee of $5.00 is collected for any change after the fifth day of classes.

WITHDRAWAL FROM CLASS

A student finding it necessary to withdraw from a class at any time must secure the permission of the advisor and instructor. Students withdrawing without official approval will be graded "F".

An official withdrawal in the first six weeks of a semester or the first week of a summer session will be recorded as "W" on the permanent record. A withdrawal between the sixth and twelfth week will be graded "WP"(Withdrawn Passing) or "WF" (Withdrawn Failing). A withdrawal after twelve weeks will be

I
36

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

graded "F" except in extenuating circumstances or under conditions beyond the student's control. An . instructor may recommend that a student withdraw from a cla ss because of absences and/or other reasons .

WITHDRAWAL FROM COLLEGE

If it is necessary for a student to withdraw from college, he secures the appropriate form from the Director of Counseling . This form must be presented to various m e mbers of the faculty for their signatures. The withdrawal form is filed in the Registrar's Office. The reimbursement of fees is made from the Business Office according to the refund schedule.

GRADUATION HONORS

Graduation honors are conferred on bachelor's degree candidates who have earned at least 60 hours in this College. The work of eight semesters or th e equivalent will be considered in the grade point ave rag e. The scholastic requir e m ents are as follows:

8 .5 0-9 00 With highest distinction

8.00-8.49 With high distinction

7 .25-7 .99 With distinction

HONOR ROLL

At the end of each semester the Vice President of Academic Affairs publishes the names of students who have earned a grade point average of 7. 25 and higher for that term.

AWARDS

Alpha Mu Omega Freshman Award. Each year Alpha Mu Om ega, honorary mathematics fraternity, presents an award to a m e mb er of the freshman class for excellence in mathematics.

A. V. and Wilhelmina Larson Memorial Industrial Arts Award. Originally established by A. V. Larson as a memorial to his wife, the former Wilhelmina Herold, a teacher in the Campus School, the scholarship is now also a tribute to Mr. Larson, who was a member of th e faculty from 1926 to 1958, serving as head of the division of practical arts since 1945. He served as treasurer of the Peru Achievement Foundation from 1962 until his death, February 17, 1971. The award is a $100 scholarship to be presented to a student completing his sophomore year who demonstrates promise as a teacher in the area of industrial arts.

37

ACA DEMIC INFORMATION

B. E. Swenson, Jr., Athletic Award. The Swenson Award was established in 1925 by Bert E . and Stella Swenson in memory of their son, B. E., Jr., and their parents who made possible their early education at Peru. Juniors and seniors are eligible and no student shall receive the award more than once. Basis for judging: 100 points. General - Character and personality, 15; Scholarship, 15; Loyalty to school tradition, 20. Athletics - Must receive school letter in at least two different sports, including either major or minor sports and the two letters need not be earned in any one year, 50 points.

Business Club Award. Each year the United Business Education Association gives an award of merit to an outstanding student in Business Education.

Dramatic Club Awards. The Dramatic Club Awards are made each year to the senior man and senior woman who have contributed most to dramatics during the four years in the Coll ege .

Epsilon Pi Tau Award. The award of the local ETA Chapter of Epsilon Pi Tau, an International Honorary Fraternity in Industrial Arts, is made annually for the purpose of honoring a graduating member whose scholastic ability is outstanding .

Kappa Delta Pi Educational Award. The Beta Mu Chapter of Kappa Delta Pi, national honorary educational fraternity, annually presents a suitable award to the freshman whose scholarship and professional attitude are outstanding.

Louise Mears Geographical Medal. Miss Louise Mears, a former faculty member, has established a medal to be awarded for achievement in geography. The medal is awarded each year to the upperclassman who contributes the most outstanding original investigation of some phase of Nemaha County geography. The medal award carries with it a grant to cover the expense of the n;rnnuscript. A copy of the research material is filed with the State Historical Library.

Neal S. Gomon Award. The Neal S . Gomon Award is presented annually t0 the Pedagogian staff member who is voted most outstanding in his _ contributions to the paper. The award is named for the College President, once sponsor of the Pedagogian.

Phi Alpha Theta Award . The Phi Alpha Theta Award is presented to the student whose contribution to the National and Local Historical Association is outstanding.

38

I I I I I

ACADEMIC INFORM ATJON

English Club Award. The English Club and Sigma Tau Delta, national honorary English fraternity, make an award for the best written contribution submitted each year. 'The type of writing is designated each year by the fraternity : ·

Zelma R. Wonderly Award. Established by the late Zelma R. Wonderly, elementary supervisor from 1950-59, this fund provides for an annual award of $50 to the outstanding second grade student teacher.

Pearl A. Kenton Language Arts Award. Established by Miss Alice Kenton in memory of her sister, Miss Pearl A. Kenton, associate professor of languages from 1924 to 1944, the $50 award is presented annually to an outstanding student majoring in the area of language arts.

Helen E. Cole Pollard Founders Award. Established by the board of trustees of the Peru Achievement as a tribute to Mrs. C. W. Pollard, a charter member and former secretary of the Foundation; the award will be presented at spring honors convocation to the senior who during his• collegiate career has demonstrated loyalty and service to the College.

Mac Dunning Industrial Arts Award . Established by Mrs. Inice Dunning, a 1925 graduate and former Dean of Women, as a tribute to her late son, Mac Dunning, a 1920 graduate of Peru Prep and a former Peru State student; the award is a $50 annual cash grant to an outstanding student in the area of industrial arts.

Bill Tynon Memorial Athletic Award. The award was established at the request of his widow, the former Jeanne Rhinehart, as a tribute to her husband, a 1964 graduate. The award for outstanding contribution to intercollegiate athletics is announced at spring honors convocation. The $50 award is presented at registration for the fall semester of the senior year to a Nebraska resident.

A. B. Clayburn Memorial Award. Established by Mrs. Ethel Clayburn in memory of her husband, A. B. Clayburn, who retired as geography and geology teacher in 1962 after 40 years of service. The $100 award is for a junior in teacher education who is majoring in social sciences and has displayed the qualities of outstanding citizenship, progress, and potential. Recipient is announced at the spring honors convocation and the award presented at fall registration of the student's senior year.

Lura Hendricks Eichler Memorial Kindergarten Education

39

ACADEMIC INFORMATION

Award. Presented annually to a student who has demonstrated ability, aptitude, and interest in kindergarten education. Established by F. J. Eichler as a tribute to his wife, a 1913 graduate, who had devoted 35 years to kindergarten education. The recipient is announced at spring honors convocation and the $50 award is presented at fall registration.

TRANSCRIPTS

Each student may request and receive at any time one free transcript of his academic record. There is a fee of $1.50 for each additional transcript. No transcript will be issued if the student has not met all financial obligations to the College.

TRANSFER STUDENTS

Transfer students are advised to seek reliable counsel in planning the first registration and each subsequent registration thereafter at Peru State. The first semester schedule should be planned iri terms of the total remaining requirements and the educational objective. Occasionally a transfer student may find it necessary to attend some part of a summer session to meet a certain graduation date.

40

Financial Information

All tuition and fees must be paid at time of registration. No provisions are made whatever for extendil).g credit. No individual may enroll in any class, take exafninatlons or enroll for a succeeding semester until all financial · obliga'tions to the College have been paid .

A PPLI CAT ION AN D RE GI ST RA T IO N

Admission Fee

An a dmission fee of $25.00 must accompany all applications for admission to the College. This fee will be a pplied on tuition when the student e nrolls for th e term for which he has made application. It will be refunded only if a student is not admitted.

Matricu lation Fee

A matriculation fee of $ 5 00 is pa id but once by each student upon r egistering in Peru State College for the first time. This fee is a prerequisite to registration. This fee is non-refundabl e unless co llected in error.

T UITION SCH ED ULE

Eac h Semester

Resident Student Fees

12 to 16 (incl.) semester hours (A normal • schedule)

11 semester hours or less , per hour .....•

Eac h additional semester hour , above 16

Non-Resident Student Fees

12 to 16 (incl.) semester hours (A normallsch e dule)

11 se mes t e r hours or less, per hour

Eac h additional se mest er hour , above 16 .... . . ... .......... . .. .

Summer Sessions (Undergraduat e and Graduate)

I I I I I I I I I I l
Resident Student Fees Per semester hour Non-Resid ent Student Fees Per semester hour .... . ....... .. ....... ... .. .. .. . . .. . . . .. . . Night Classes (Undergraduate a nd Graduate) Resid e nt Student Fees Per semester hour . .. ....... . . .... . . .... . .... ... . . . ....... . Non-Resident Student Fees Per semester hour Study Center (Undergraduate level , on ly) Resident Student Fees Per semester hour Non-Resident Stud e nt Fees Per semester hour Adult Specia l Resid e nt Student Fees Per semester hour Non-Resident Student Fees Per semester hour Audit Re sident Student Fees $ 181.50 15.50 15.50 $ 335.50 27.50 27.50 $ 15.50 $ 27.50 $ 15.50 $ 27 50 $ 15.50 $ 27.50 $ 15.50 $ 27.50 Per semester hour $ 15 50 Nern-Resident Student Fe es Per semester hour 27 50 41

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

SPECIAL FEES - AN INTEGRAL PORTION OF REGISTRATION

(*) Includ es rental of ac ademic gear

Not e: All fees are subject to c hange by ac tion of th e board of Trustees of Nebrask a Stat e Co ll eges a t a ny tim e. ·

CERTIFICATION OF REGISTRATION

Stud e nts who are registered for at least 12 semester hours during any semester or who are registered for at least fo ur semester hour s during a summer session will b e iss ued a cert ifi ca t e of registration which e ntitles th e m to admi ss ion to all collegesponsored even ts.

PRIVATE INSTRUCTION

The co nso lid a te d fee include s all charges of applied musi c necessary to mee t th e minimum r e quirem e nts of a fi el d of con ce ntration in music. Priv ate lessons (o ne-h a lf hour each) in excess of the minimum requir e ments are not includ ed in the consolidat e d fee. Mu sic st udents are e ntitl e d to one or two lessons ·pe r week (without fe e) d epe nding up o n th e ex tent of co nc e ntration in mu si c.

Art : Private lessons in drawing a nd painting, each $ 2.00

Mu sic:

Pi a no, organ, voi ce, instrumenta l lesso n s, each $ 2.00

Sp eec h Education: Priv a t e instru c tion, each lesson . . $ 2 00

BOARD AND ROOM

Regular Sessions

Board a nd Room (5 -day bo ard) per semester

$408 .00

(No mea ls Novemb er 23-26, D ece mber 21-January 7, March 15-16, March 31-April 8. Rat es apply when two or mor e stud e nt s occupy a room. Fo r singl e occupancy, when available, add $195 .50 per semester.

Student Center Fee s Academic year (each sem est er, 12 hours or more) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 20.00 Part time (any t er m or session, less th an 12 hours) $ 10.00 Stud en t Health Fees Aca d e mic year (each se mest er , 12 hour s or mor e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5 .00 Par t time (any t er m or session, less than 12 hours) . $ 2.50 Stud ent Program Fees Eac h semester (12 hours or more) $ Part Time (7-11 hour s) .... .. ... : . .... .. . .. ....... ........ .. . . $ Id entifi ca tion Card Fee $ Lat e Registra tion (effective firs t day of classes) . $ Change of Sch e dule $ Pla ceme nt Bur ea u (each year service is u se d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Tran script of R eco rds (aft er f ir st free copy ) $ Graduatio n Fees 10 00 5.00 2.00 10.00 5.00 20 .00 1.50 Und ergra duat e degree ( * ) . Dupli ca te degr ee _ _ Lat e Test or Make up Examination .. ...... . . . .. . ... .. . . ...... . . . Validation of Courses for credit ... . .. .. . ..................... . Autom ob ile R eg ist ration • • , $ 30.00 $ -10.00 $ 5 00 $ 10 .00 $ 2.00
42

Summer Sessions

Room for 5-week session

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Room for 3-week session .' · '

$ 60 00

$ 36 00

Fo r single occupan cy, if ava ilable, add $60 for 5-we e k terr~ , $ 36 for 3-wee k term. Food servic e will be avai labl e in Student Center for all meals on days classes are in session at it e m pri ces

Married Student Housing

Unit Rentals

Oak Hill Apartm e nts (partially furnished)

On e-b edroom units , per month

Two-bedroom units, per month ... . ..... . ...•... . .•... .

(Includes heat, light and water)

Co mpl ex Apartm e nts (furnished)

On e-b e droom units, per month

Two-bedroom units , per month

(Includ es hea t , li ght and wat er)

HOUSING CONTRACTS

$ 85 .00 $ 100.00

$ 90.00 $ 105 000

Eve ry student residing in co lleg e residence halls or married st ud ent housing must e nt er into a co ntract on forms provid e d by the co ll ege Advance rese rvations a re re quir e d and a d e posit of $25.00 must accompm1y request for reservation. This deposit is not refundable if th e student fails to take up residenc e in th e dormitory or housing fac ilit y for th e full t e rm for which applicati o n was made. It is refundable, le ss deduction for d a mage to the buildings and equipment, at the end of the term provided th e s tud e nt is in resid e nc e for the full term or if the student withdraws from college because of entrance into the ar med services or for r easo ns beyond his control as determined by th e co ll ege.

STUDENTS ARE URGED TO RETAIN ALL RECEIPTS ISSED BY THE COLLEGE

EXPENSES FOR ONE YEAR

The conso lidat e d sing le fee plan , plus the co llege-o perated residence halls and the low-cost foo d serv ic e at Peru State Co ll ege, make a co ll ege education financi a lly possible for most yo un g people.

The sin gle ($181.50) for resident or ($335.50) for non -resid e nt fee each semester covers adm iss ion to college activities, and all tuition and fees, including private music, art or speec h lesso ns that ar e required in a cirriculum A matriculation fe e of $5.00 is paid only one tim e - at th e first r eg istration.

I I I I I I .,,
Es timate for One Year Resident Non-Resident $ 363.00 Single Fee $ 671.00 $ 816.00 Board and Room (5-day bo a rd) $ 816 00 $ 40.00 Student Center Fee $ 40.00 .J. $ 20.00 Stud e nt Programs Fee $ 20.00 [. (., $ 10.00 Student Health Fee........ $ 10 .00 $ 100.00 Books (estimated} $ 100.00 $ 1,349 00 ... . . .. . ... ....... . TOTAL ... .. ... .. .... . .. . .. $1,657.00 43 I

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

*Students may pay 5-day board and room (15 meals), Student Center and Student Programs fees in four payments each semester, if necessary . First semester, $123 at registration with three payments of $105 each on October 1, November 1 a nd December 1. Second semester, $123 at registration with three payments of $105 each on February 10 , March 10 , and April 10

REFUNDS TO STUDENTS WITHDRAWING FROM COLLEGE

Refunds will be made on ly after required withdrawal pro ce dures are comp leted. Refunds will be made as of date of approved withdrawal.

Fee Refunds

Proportionate refunds will be made to students withdrawing from the College within a give n period The matriculation, Student Center and Student Programs fees will not be refunded unless collected in error. The following schedule will be followed in refunding the registration fee:

The same percentages apply to night class student refunds as in the case of full time students. The refund schedule applies only to complete withdrawal from co llege .

Board and Room Refunds

Refund of board and room will be made if a student must withdraw from co lleg e. The st ud ent is obligated for the rent of the room space for the r e mainder of the semester in which he withdraws , regardless of whether or not the space is rented again. The stud ent will be required to pay board charges to the end of the week in which the withdrawal is made. Students who remain in school but move from a residence h a ll while under contract will not be entit led to a refund of board and room payments. In

1 u
MINIMUM FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT
OF REGISTRATION Resident Non-Resident $186 50 Tuition and Health Fee............. $ 340 50 *Room & 5-day Board, Student Center $ 123.00 . ........... and Student Programs Fees ............ $ 123.00 $ 25.00 ... .. . ... ..... Room Deposit (refundable) . . .. . ... . . . $ 25.00 $ 5.00 .. . ....... Matriculation (new student only) .. ....... $ 5.00 $ 2.00 , Identification Card , $ 2.00 $ 60.00 Books (estimated) $ 60 00 $ 401.50 .......... Minimum needed at registration ...... . ... $ 555.50
AT TI M E
First week 80 % of registration fee Second and third weeks 60 % of registration fee Fourth, fifth and sixth weeks 40 % of registration fee After sixth week None Summer Session: First week 80 % of registration fee Second week . . .............. . . ..... ... 50 % of registration fee After second week None Night
Classes:
44 I II I

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

case of illn ess, refund of board only will be m ad e providing the st udent ha s mi sse d no less than t en (10) co nsecutiv e class days . Adju s tment for students who are off-ca mpus as a part of their profession a l semester will be made on an individu al basis. R efu nd will b e prorate d in accordance with unused portion. • '

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE AT PERU STATE COLLEGE

Th e purpose of financial assistance is to provide students with suffici e nt funds to meet all costs of obtaining a college e ducation beyond what they and their parents are able to provid e. Thus , financial aid enables many students from low and middle income families to attend college who could not otherwise afford that opportunity.

Any assistance granted is awarded according to the financial n ee d of the applicant. (Financial n ee d is the difference betw ee n the money a student and his parents can provid e for an education an d the costs of that education.) To be consid er e d for assistance, th e applicant must d e monstrate financial need.

In all cases, parents and student are ex p ec ted to make a max imum financial contribution to the education of the applican t.

Financial assistance to qualifi e d applicants is available in the form of lo ans, grants , scholarships, and college-work. A student who qualifi es for one program of financial aid may not necessarily qualify for another.

"Financial pack aging" permits the Financi a l Aids Officer to tailor a program of financial assistance to meet the mon e tary needs of the individual student for one academic y ea r. A financial package is wotked out on the b as is of a careful estimate of the app licant' s es timated res ources and educational costs for the school year.

A p ackage usually consists of two or mor e types of aid and is eq ual to the student's financi a l n ee d. A typical pack age, in which the need is $1000 might be as follows: Educational Opportunity Grant , $500; N ation al Defens e Lo an , $350; and sc holarship, $150.

Funds for the operation of the differ e nt financi al aid progra ms are drawn from Fed era l and Institutional sources. Courses ar e approved for Veterans a nd other persons eligible for Vetera n's b en e fits by the Nebra ska State De partment of Education.

I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
45

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

STATE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AID

Through the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation individuals with physical disabilities which constitute vocational handicaps are eligible for financial assistance in meeting costs of tuition plus certain other financial help, depending upon the extent of their financial need.

Students interested in receiving this aid should contact the Director of Student Financial Aids for additional information.

FEDERALLY FUNDED PROGRAMS

Educational Opportunity Grants provide for the g1vmg of grants to students who are determined to be of exceptional financial need. Students in this category will be of such need that they will b e unable to attend college without financial aid of this type.

The EOG amounts range from $200 to $ 1000 a year, and can be no more than one-half the total assistance given a student. The grant is "matched" with other financial aid to meet th e student's financial need. Grants are awarded on a yearly basis with the maximum duration of a grant being four years.

College Work-Study is 'i ntended primarily for students from low -income families and permits them to earn a part of their college expenses. During the time they are attending classes full time , the student can work a maximum of fifteen hours per week. During vacation periods the students may be allowed to work forty hours per week. Work -Study jobs are usually oncampus or for the City of Peru and are vital to the efficient

operation of both the College and the City. College Work-Study jobs are often used for matching purposes with a student's EOG grant.

National Defense Student Loans are made to students who need financial assistance in meeting educational expenses. To be eligible, the student must be in good standing and be registered as a full-time student. NDSL loans are also commonly used for • matching purposes wi th an. EOG .

Federally Insured . Student Loans are intend e d primarily for students who do not qualify for the other programs of financial assistance but who, nonetheless , need fin ancial help. Any student, regardless of his parent's income, qualifies for the Federally Insured Loan program.

46

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

INSTITUTIONALLY FUNDED PROGRAMS

College Work jobs are similar to .the ·Work-Study jobs in pay scale, type of work performed, and ho1:1rs worked.

College Loan Fund loans. are generally made on a short-term basis to students enrolled in the College, who are planning to teach, and are in need of financial assistance. The College Loan Fund was estab lish ed by the class of 191 3 with an initial gift of $50. The fund has since been increased to nearly $7000, with gifts by the Nebraska P.E.O. in 1929, the Anna' Irwin Me morial provided by the Peru Branch of the American Association of University Women, gifts by graduating classes, and interest accumulations.

Memorial Loan Funds established by various donors include : the $200 Willie Ethel Crone Loan Fund , established in 1943 by Miss Ruth Crone in memory of her mother; the $300 Harriet Louise Lindstrom Loan Fund, established in 1946 by the lat e C. R. Lindstrom and Mrs. Lindstrom in memory of their daughter; the Mrs. Eva Fischer Loan Fund provided in 1962 by a $500 bequest by the late Mrs. Eva Fischer of Beatrice; the Towne Loan Fund provided by a $1,411 .24 bequest by the late Norman L. Towne of Bozeman, Montana, husband of the late Lola Howe Towne, class of 1906; the $250 Patricia Buethe Loan Fund, established in 1962 by friends of the late Mrs. L. Chris Buethe. Although there is some variation in the specific requirements for these loan s, the general qualifications are the same as for the College Loan Fund: (1) be a student in the College (2) plan to t eac h (3) be in need of financial ass istance. Loans from the College Loan Fund and Memorial Loan Fund are generally made on a short-term basis.

SCHOLARSHIPS

Cooperating School Scholarships. These scholarships are available to graduates of Cooperating Schools in the Teacher Preparation program in the ratio of one scholarship to each five student teachers. For a resident student, the scholarship applies at the rate of $82.50 per semester for eight semesters. For a non-resident student, the scholarship applies at the rate of $ 152 . 50 per semester for eight semesters.

Nebraska Congress of Parents and Teachers Scholarships. Scholarships are granted by the Nebraska Congress of Parents and T ea chers to full-time students of the Nebraska State Colleges who are Nebraska residents training to become teachers. In order to be

I I I I I I
47

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

eligible for these scholarships - which vary in number with available funds - the student must have a pleasing personality, have high moral and social standards and show an aptitude for teaching . Applications are sent to the College by the Nebraska Congress of Parents and Teachers shortly after the beginning of the fall semester.

Foreign Student Scholarships. Five full-tuition , four-year scholarships are awarded annually to qualified undergraduate students who are citizens of other countries. Candidates for such scholarships must present proof of ability to defray expenses other than tuition and fees. Applications must be filed with the President of the College no later than June 1 prior to fall entrance.

Peru Achievement Foundation Scholarships. Through the generosity of alumni and friends of Peru State College, the Peru Achievement Foundation, Inc., awards scholarships which have been established on a permanent basis. These include: Charles E. Andrews Memorial scholarships; Lillian Jewell Barnes and Alice Jewell Warnock Memorial; John Bath Family Memorial; E. C. and Mae Miller Beck scholarship for student in English; C. C. and Irma Wilson Choyce scholars hip; Jess A. Harris Memorial; Lena Huff; Glenn D. Jenkins Memorial ; E. Albin Larson Memorial ; Ruth Vernon Mathews Memorial; Louise Mears Geography scholarship; Feltcher and Marie 0. Neal Memorial scholarship. Oliver Stevenson Memorial; Nona Palmer Business Education scholarship; John Wear Memorial; Charles Weigand Memorial. These schofai·ships are funded from interest received from investments provided by the donors and range from $50 to $200. Seven Andrews scholarships of $200 each and five Benjamin Harrison scholarships of $100 each are given annually; others awarded are single scholarships.

Other scholarships are awarded through the foundation on a year-to-year basis. Scholarships awarded for the 1971- 72 academic year, in addition to the permanent scholarships, include: Knights of Ak-Sar-Ben, Veter,ans of Foreign Wars Post 7299, Peru; Vincent Sabatinelli Mem·orial; Janet Ganze! Memorial for Social Science; Peru Kiwanis . Club Bond Kennedy Memorial; Rocky Mountain Alumni chapter scholarship honoring Norma L. Diddel; Women's Athletic Association Volleyball; Vending Division of the Peru Achievement Foundation; Peru Achievement Foundation freshman scholarships.

48 I
I I I

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Students may make application for specific scholarship or "any available" scholarship on the College's scholarship application form, which may be obtained frorfl the ' office of the Director of Financial Aids. ·

APPLYING FOR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

Any student who needs financial assistance, or desires to apply for a scholarship, should contact the Financial Aids Officer in the Administration Build ing . Students are advised to begin the application procedure well before the deadline date , because establishing financial need is often-times a lengthy process involving many weeks.

All applications for financial assistance for the coming year should be submitted to the Financial Aids Office by May 1.

I I I I
49

Campus Life

ADJUSTMENT TO COLLEGE

The College has as its constant goal the best possible adaptation of its educational opportunities to the interest, needs and abilities of each individual student.

The student is assigned to a faculty advisor who is qualified to advise him in his field. Students needing advice before the opening of the college year are invited to arrange a conference with the Registrar of the College by definite appointment. The student needing personal or vocational counseling should see the Director of Counseling .

ORIENTATION

Prior to the opening of classes, the College arranges a Welcome Week program, which is designed to give special attention to problems of students who are entering the College. Both Freshmen and transfer students are encouraged to attend . The program acquaints the student with his -new environment and offers him a helpful introduction to campus life. He completes tests and is assigned to a faculty advisor who is available to assist the student throughout his college career in defining goals to be reached in college and give information regarding appropriate curriculums and courses. Opportunity to meet members of the faculty and other members of the student body is afforded through social events.

COUNSELING SERVICE

The primary function of the Counseling Service is to help typical students make realistic decisions regarding their college careers. All entering students are encouraged to make an appointment with the counselor so that they may obtain his professional services which include: (1) counseling - educational, vocational and other personal problems; (2) testing; (3) occupational information.

Counseling . It is the policy of the College Counseling Service to counsel with studen.ts who can be helped in a relatively short period of time (about one semester). It is not the intent to engage in long term and/or intensive psychotherapy, but rather to promote the adjustment of students within the College setting. A primary goal of counseling is to help maturing students accept responsibility for their own behavior.

50 I I I I

CAMPUS LIFE

Testing Services. Tests of achievement, ability, interest, and adjustment are given to all students who request them through a counselor. The data from these tests · are used as a basis for counseling in educational, occupati0nal; ·and personal problems. The testing service provides psychological test data for the use of counselors and faculty advisers, placement tests for various academic groups at the College, ancl assistance in the preparation, administration, and scoring of subject-matter tests as requested by various departments in the College.

Occupational Information Services. A comprehensive, current collection of essential occupational information is maintained in the Counseling Service library. Current catalogs of the major universities and technical schools are also on file. These materials are available to all students seeking information about particular vocational opportunities or information about employment in general.

STUDENT CONDUCT .

Each student is expected to conduct himself in accordance with the regulations of the college and such laws of the City, State and Federal Governments as apply to matters of personal conduct.

In those instances where an individual student demonstrates his inability to live according to approved codes of social behavior, the College may require him to terminate his enrollment until such time as he is able to prove his ability to adjust himself to the standards required. The College reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose conduct is deemed undesirable or injurious to the best interests of the College or of the student. In event of such dismissal, fees will not be refunded.

For detailed information regarding student conduct, see the Peru State College Student Agreement and the Handbook for Peru Staters.

LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS AND DINING SERVICE

All requests for information concerning living accommodations and requests for room reservations in one of the re sidence halls should be directed to either the Vice President of Student Affairs (men) or the Associate Dean of Students (women). Schedule of room and board rates is listed in the Financial Information Section.

Residence Halls. The college residence halls offer attractive

51

CAMPUS LIFE

living accommodations near the classrooms and library. Halls are maintained for both men and women students.

All unmarried women students, except those living with parents or guardians, are required to live in one of the women's residence halls. All unmarried freshman and sophomore men students under age 21, except those living with parents or guardians, are required to live in one of the men's resid e nce halls. Upperclassmen are strongly encouraged to live in the residence halls but may live off-campus with written permission of th e Vice Presid e nt of Student Affairs. Such written permission is to be obtained before student enters into agreement with a landlord.

Women - Morgan Hall and women's quarters in Centennial Complex are under the supervision of the Associate Dean of Students. In Morgan Hall all rooms are arranged as combination sleeping and study rooms. Two students occupy a room except for the south wing addition where three students are assigned each room. In Centennial Complex quarters are arranged in suites of two or three bedrooms, a living room and bath to accommodate four .or six students. Residents must furnish bed linen, pillows , blankets, towels and dresser scarves. Students also furnish study lamps in Morgan, bed lamps in Centennial Complex (if desired). Window drapes are furnished . .

Men - Delzell Hall, Majors Hall and men's quarters in the Centennial Complex are under the supervision of the Vice President of Student Affairs. Except in Centennial Complex all rooms are arranged as combination sleeping and study rooms . Two students are assigned to a room. In Centennial Complex quarters are arranged in suites of two or three bedrooms, a living room and bath for four or six students. Occupants in halls furnish bed linen (fitted sheets should be provided for X-long twin beds), pillows, blankets, and towels. Students also furnish study lamps in Delzell , bed lamps in Majors Hall and Centennial Complex if desired. Occupants are advised that all rooms in all men's Residence Halls are equipped with 80 inch beds. Window drapes are furnished.

Other Housing Accommodations. Lists of rooms and apartments available in private homes off-campus are maintained by the Vice President of Stude11t Affairs. These accommodations are approved and supervised by the College. Students may not live in housing other than that approved by the College. This includes students working for board, or living with relatives other than parents or guardians. Students desiring to live off-campus must

52 I I I I
I I I

obtain an off-campus permit from the Vice President of Student Affairs before th e student enters into agreement with a landlord.

Married Student Housing. Housi~1g facilities for married students are available in Oak Hill iri one ai1d two bedroom units. Each unit is equipped with a stove, refrigerator, washer and dryer. Utilities are included in rental fee with the exception of certain appliances such as TV and air-conditioning. One or two bedroom furnished apartments are available at the Centennial Complex, where laundry facilities are shared. College-operated housing for married students is leased on a semester basis with rental payable monthly in advance. A deposit is required and is refundable at th e en d of the leas e period provided the property is left in good condition. Inquiri es concerning these facilities should be directed to th e Business Manager.

Food Service. Air-conditioned food service areas are located in the Student Center and the Centennial Residence Complex. The m ain dining room in the Student Center is open for regular m ea l service to residents of Morg,m, Majors and Delzell Halls and to faculty, staff, guests and visitors . The Neal Hall dining room is open for regular meal service to residents of the Centennial Complex. Weekend service is available only in the Student Center. The Snack Bar, located in the Student Center, is open for lunch es and snacks at stated hours Students who do not live in th e residence halls, faculty, staff and guests of the College may purchas e meals at individual mea l rates in the Student Center food service areas.

Dress. It is not the intent of the college to dictate the cloth es worn by students. However, it is the opinion of the professional staff and the Student Governing Association that there is an obligation to advise students as to appropriate dress. Faculty may determine the modes of dress for curricular and extrac urricular activities. Appropriateness of dress does not require expensive clothes.

1. Student dress and appearance should remain within a dignity appropriate for college activities, be they curricular or extracurricular activities.

2. On special occasions, such as receptions, parties, formal dances, teas, and certain designat e d meals, a specified mode of student dress may be required.

3. If a student believes that he has been unjustly censured for his mode of dress, he may appeal first to the

CAMPUS LIFE
53

CAMPUS LIFE

Students' Judiciary Board, then to the Vice President of Student Affairs, then to the Vice President of Academic Affairs.

Auto Registration and Parking. Every student enrolled at Peru State College must register his motor vehicle with the Office of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds if such vehicle is operated or possessed within the city limits of Peru. Vehicl es are defined as all powered vehicles: automobiles, motorcycles, motor scooters, motor cicycles , and any other powered vehicle. The registration fee shall b e two dollars.

Detailed copies of the vehicle regulations may be obtained at th e Office of the Vice President of Student Affairs.

Only automobiles with proper identification are allowed to park in dormitory and other restricted areas. Adequate parking for all students is available in off-street areas. Students are not to park in residential areas adjacent to the campus.

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE

Required Health Examination. In order to safeguard students who may have unknown physical weaknesses and in order to protect the college community, all students attending the college during the regular academic year are required to furnish evidence of being in good health as a part of the student's application for admission and initial enrollment. A medical report, inclusive of examination by a physician , is required at the time of registration. This is supplemented by a audiometric test in the health center. This medical report is valid for a period of six years.

Students participating in physical activities such as football , basketball, baseball , cross country , track and field, swimming and tennis must be certified as physically fit by the college physician at the beginning of the activity.

Health Care. Any Student may consult the Nurse at the Health Center at any time during her regular office hours. No charge will be made for a call during office hours. For calls to or by the Nurse outside of office hours, there will be a charge of $1.00 per call, except in the case of emergency as determined by th e Nurse. ' ·

Cold tablets, aspirin, · gastro-intestinal medication, first aid and dressings are provided from the Health Service free of charge. The student will pay for infirmary care, all X-ray, laboratory fees and other medication issued through the Health Service and the College Doctor's office .

I I I I

54 I

CAMPUS LIFE

A Doctor is at the Health Center between the hours of 12: 00 noon to 1: 00 p.m. on Tuesday and Friday. Students needing an appointment with th e. Doctor should advise the College Nurse before 11 :45 a.m. on these . days.

Any visit to the College Doctor's office, unless paid for by the student, must be authorized by the Nurse before the call is m ad e. The student may visit the College Doctor or other doctors a t a ny time at his own expense .

Wh en authorized by the Nurse, the College will pay for the first call to the doctor's office for diagnosis. Any follow-up or a dditional calls will be at the student's expense.

These privileges and benefits are in effect so long as the student abides by the orders of the doctor or nurse. Otherwise the student will assume all responsibility and cost of his own care.

The College's responsibility for medical expenses is limited to th e service as listed above. It assumes no further responsibility fo r any student.

Health Insurance. Blue Cross-Blue Shield hospital and medical insurance is available to all students at very reasonable group rates . Although not compulsory, it is emphatically recommended that students purchase this type of protection.

ENTERTAINMENT, RECREATION, SOCIAL LIFE

Throughout the school year concerts, plays, lectures and reci tals are presented at the College by students, faculty members and professional artists. Student-planned and student-directed productions, which give the participants valuable experience, are an important part of the College entertainment schedule.

Bes ides recreational facilities of the College embraced in an in tramural program for both men and women, Peru's location in the rolling wooded hills offers opportunities for hikes and outi ngs. The nearness of the Missouri River makes the College an idea l place for the nimrod and angler. Laura Neal Memorial Park, a few blocks south of the campus, is the scene of many student, facu lty and alumni meetings. Other parks in the area where Pe ruvians gather are Coryell Park near Brock, the city parks at Au burn and Nebraska City, and the Arbor Lodge State Park, also in Nebraska City. The summer months find many Peru Staters enjoying the outdoor municipal swimming pools in Auburn and Te braska City.

55

CAMPUS LIFE

The social season at the College centers around five eventsHomecoming, Thanksgiving, Christmas, Valentine's Day and May Fete - when a ll-coll ege dances are giv en. Other socia l activities are sponsored by various student organizations. These groups give dances, teas, parties, receptions and picnics for their members and guests. Faculty organizations include the Faculty Women's Club and a branch of the American Association of University Women.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Student Government

The STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION, a representative organization of the student body , serves to coordinate the efforts of the students and faculty for the best interests of the College. The SGA evaluates the programs of other org a nizations, assists with some problems of student conduct and morale , provides student representation on all college committees, supports college-wide activities and sponsors certain allcollege events. Its membership includes twenty-two students and two faculty sponsors. To be eligible for membership, students must maintain a minimum cumul a tive grade average of 5.00 in addition to possessing high qualities of citizenship, character and leadership.

SENIOR, JUNIOR, SOPHOMORE AND FRESHMEN classes are considered definite organizations. Each class is assisted with their activities by a member of the faculty who acts as sponsor during the school year.

MEN'S HALL COUNCILS AND WOMEN STUDENTS ASSOCIATION are representative councils selected by the residents of the men's and women's residence halls, respectively. The governing bodies of the halls handle problems and plan socia l activities for the residents.

Student Center Board

The STUDENT CENTER BOARD is responsible for the social and cultural actjvities on Peru State's Campus. Membership consists of fourteen' members of which one is the Student Center Director, two are faculty members appointed by the faculty association, two students are appointed by the Student Governing Association, and the remaining are selected by the board through personal app li cation and interview. Members must be free of social or academic probation and have at least a 5 .00 GPA .

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

56 I

Educational and Social

CIRCLE K. The Circle K club o f. Peru State College is a Kiwanis affiliated service organizatiqn. The purpose of the organiza tion is aimed toward the betterment and advancement of the ca mpus and community.

The DRAMATIC CLUB, one of the state's oldest dramatic or ga ni z ations, throughout its existence has endeavored to present t o the College community the best in drama. Members are se le cted on the basis of interest, ability and quality of work.

HOME ECONOMICS CLUB. Young women interested in home economics are eligible for membership in the Home Economics Club. This organization offers opportunities for developm e nt of personality and for stimulation of interest in homemaking and the professional field. It is affiliated with the National Home Economics Association.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS CLUB is devoted to promoting interest in th e Industrial Arts and Vocat i onal Education. Affiliated with th e American Industrial Arts Association, the organization's m embers receive the national publication , "The Industrial Arts T e acher," published five times yearly.

Th e PERU SOCIAL SCIENCE SOCIETY is open to all who h ave an interest in either history or the social sciences. Its aim is to d evelop an interest in current events and to provide an informal se tting for socialization and discussion. The organization sponsors the Janet Ganzell Memorial scholarship offered in the spring semester each year.

STUDENT EDUCATION ASSOCIATION is an organization for potential teachers. It is affiliated with the Nebraska State Education Association and the National Education Association. The activities of the association are devoted to the improvement of education in the United States. Membership is open to those students who expect to enter a teacher preparation curriculum.

The GAVEL AND ROSTRUM is open to all students int erested in forensic and general speech activities outside of sc heduled classes. The organization supports and assists service clubs, high school and college speech activities on and off campus.

The ENGLISH CLUB promotes the mastery of written ex pression, encourages worthwhile reading and fosters a fellow-

CAMPUS LIFE
57

CAMPUS LIFE

ship among students specializing in the English language or literature. Any student whose concentration is in English is eligible for membership.

Religious

A number of religious groups are available to Peru Staters. These groups include: Chi Rho (all denominational); Lutheran Student Fellowship (Missouri Synod and United Lutheran); Newman Club (Catholic).

Chi Rho, an ecumenical group, maintains an off-campus center, which is open to all students.

Music

The PERU CHORUS, open to all students, is devoted to the study and performance of good choral literature. One semester hour credit may be earned by chorus members by registering for Music 19, Chorus.

The BAND PROGRAM is divided into two instrumental organizations, namely, the Concert Wind Ensemble and the Stage and Pep Band. The Concert Wind Ensemble is primarily a concert organization. The Stage and Pep Band functions at athletic events and variety programs. Members may earn one semester hour in each of these groups by registering for Music 21, Concert Wind Ensemble or Music 29, Stage and Pep Band.

The MUSIC CLUB, an affiliate of the Nebraska Music Educators Association and the Music Educators National Conference, is open to students interested in music. The threefold membership of the club gives the students the advantages of a professional relationship as future music teachers. The club annually sponsors instrumental and voca l clinics and various musical productions, which give its members excellent training for handling such events as teachers of music.

The SOUTHEAST NEBRASKA SYMPHONETTE was organized in the spring of 1970. It is comprised of business people, doctors, ministers, interested adults, high school students and Peru State College stude11ts who reside in the communities surrounding Peru. ' ·

Athletic

The "P" CLUB membership is made up of Peru State

I II I I II II I II

58 I I '

Co ll ege men who have lettered in any intercollegiate sport. The fostering of good sportsmanship is the clu))'s purpose.

The WOMEN'S ATHLETIC A_SSOGIA TION is open to women students interest ed in women's physical education.

Pep

The BLUE DEVILS , men' s pep organization , was organized in 19 46 to stimulate interest in not only athletic but also other stu d e nt eve nts. Second semester freshmen or above may pledge m e mb e rship into th e organization.

Th e WHITE ANGELS, women's pep organiz a tion, was organized in 1948 to promot e good sportsmanship and school spirit on the ca mpus Only women with a grade point average of 5 are e ligible. A branch club , the CHER!]BS, sponsored by the White Ange ls, was organized in 19 5 8 for the same purpose except that all wo m e n on the campus a r e eligible for membership.

Honorary

ALPHA MU OMEGA, honorary mathematics fraternity, aims to d eve lop and promote int e rest in the study of mathematics . Students who have or are currently enrolled in analytical geom e try with above averag e grades in mathematics are e li gible for membe rship. The monthly meetings , planned and conducted under student leadership, include investigations of subjects of mathe matical interest not pr ese nted in the classroom . The fratern ity is officially recogniz e d as a branch of the National Council of Mat h e matics Teachers.

E PSILON Pl TAU is a national honorary professional industria l arts education and vocational education fraternity. It has as its purpose to recognize the place of skill, to promote social e fficie n cy, to foster, counsel a nd reward research in the fields of interes t. Members are selected from students of junior or senior s t a nd ing who have a grade point average of 6.40 in the industrial arts and an average grad e of 5 in other fields.

KAPPA DELTA PI , national honorary e ducation fraternity, ope n to men and wom en of junior standing ranking in the

I
CAMPUS LIFE
. '
59

CAMPUS LIFE

upper quintile of the class and who show evidence of a continued interest in the field of education. The organization promotes the highest education ideals and professional spirit among its members.

MU EPSILON NU is a national undergraduate fraternity in education. The primary purpose of the fraternity are to: build morale among male students who plan to become teachers; build meaningful relationships between students and professional educators and teachers; provide additional teaching experiences for the members; and stimulate recruitment of competent men to enter the teaching profession.

PHI ALPHA THETA, national honorary history fraternity, is open to those of high scholastic standing who have more than twelve hours of history. It is dedicated to the promotion of scholarships and professional spirit in the field of history.

SIGMA TAU DELTA, national honorary English fraternity , has had a chapter at Peru State College since 1926. Members of the English Club who have maintained a high scholastic record may be elected to membership.

BET A BETA BET A, professional honorary biology fraternity, is open to juniors • and seniors whose field of concentration is biological science. Candidates for membership must be above average in scholarship and must plan to make biology their permanent interest. The fraternity promotes the study of biological problems and creates an interest in the field of biology as a profession.

GAMMA THETA UPSILON, international honorary geographical society, is open to students who have high scholastic standing in three membership classes; regular, honorary or associate. The purpose of the society is to: further professional interest in geography, strengthen student and professional training, advance the status of geography and create and administer funds for furthering graduate study and/or research.

PHI BETA LAMBDA. The local chapter, Epsilon Tau, is a business fraternity affiliated at both the state and national levels. Membership is open ,t9 al,l students interested in business. The major purpose of the club is to develop future business leaders.

LAMBDA DELTA LAMBDA is an honorary fraternity for all people who are interested in physical science . The organization was formed during the 1968-69 academic year.

I I I I I I I I I I I I

60
I

CAMPUS LIFE

WHO'S WHO Among Students in American Universities and Colleges annually determines the nurpber- ,of students with senior standing in the College, who may be selected for this honor. Thes e honorees are selected by a c ominihee of students and faculty on the basis of scholarship; leadership and participation in academic and extracurricular activities; citizenship and service to the College; and promise of future usefuln ess in busin ess and society.

Student Publications

The Pedagogian is the official college newspaper. It is publish ed weekly during the academic year under the supervision of the journalism instructor. Although contributions are welcomed, the majority of the writing and editing is done by the students in journalism classes. The purposes of the Pedagogian are to print the school news and to serve as a laboratory for journalism students. Emphasis is placed on training that will enabl e students to manage school newspapers . Much of th e work lea ding to a field of concentration or a relat e d field in journalism is don e on the newspaper and the yearbook.

The Peruvian is the college yearbook. It is published in May by the Peruvian staff under the dir ec tion of the faculty adviser. Although any student may serve on the staff, most of the work is don e by students enrolled in yearbook editing. The Peruvian atte mpts to give a faithful record of the year in pictures and print. The Peruvian also serves as a laboratory for journalism students and for those wishing to learn yearbook management.

Note: Due to possible state legislation concerning student publications, no guarantees are made nor implied that the Pedagogian or Peruvian will be published under the auspices of the Co ll ege .

Handbook for Peru Staters is published in late summer by the Student Governing Association under the direction of the Offic e of Special Services. The publication serves as a guide to ca mpus living for all freshmen and other new students.

Sifting Sands is a magazine of student writing publish e d each spr ing by the English Club and Sigma Tau D elta .

61

Program of Instruction

The College is supported by the State of Nebraska for the purpose of meeting the educational needs at the college level of the citizens of the state. Its chief purpose is to prepare men and women to serve in the elementary and secondary schools as teachers and for higher study in preparation as supervisors and administrators. The College also provid es a general liberal education, pre-profess ional education or t e rminal vocational education, culminating in a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science d egree. Also, two -yea r programs a re provided in certain Vocational-T ec hnical areas leading to the Associate in Arts degr ee.

SELECTION OF PROGRAM OF STUDIES

To serve the students of the College with referenc e to the above programs , th e courses offered und e r the several divisions are organized into curricula, a t e rm a ppli e d to a g1:oup of courses designed for an individual or for a group of individuals having a common purpo se. The studies offered by the College include four-ye a r profession a l curricula in elementary education and in secondary education; a four-year lib era l arts program; a bachelor of science progr a m flexible enough to satisfy a variety of interests and obj ec tiv es; a nd a number of one-year and two-year t er minal and pr e-p rofess ional curricula.

In general, th e various curricula offered by the College consist partly of general e ducation courses and partly of specialized courses. The general ed ucation courses are those set forth and required by all individuals for effective living, regardless of their vocations. Th e specialized courses are those that prepare specifically for tea ch ing or other vocations , or satisfy special avocational or cultural int e rests.

Upon enrolling, a student chooses a vocational objective or a field of principal cultural int e rest. This determines th e curriculum that he will follow and th e advisor who will guide him in his educational experiences. The choice may be tentative and may be changed lat er. Stud e nts who desir e special assistance in selecting a voc a tional goal may request vocational couns e ling from the Office of The Dir ec tor of Counseling. This office m aintains a compl e te laboratory of aptifude, int er es t and ability tests which may be administered to a stt'!denr. Students may find the int e rpretation of the results of thes e t es ts extremely valuabl e in making a voc a tional choice.

Students who a re undecided in r ega rd to a vocational and/or educational goal may r eg ist er in a ge neral category. These stu-

62 I
I I II I I I I

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION

d e nts are urged to use the Guidance and Counseling services during the first semester to assist in the. above decisions.

CHANGE IN FIELD OF CONCENTRATION

Students who elect to change a field of concentration at a p o int beyond the sophomore year should be aware of the p ro bability of their graduation date being extended. Also, it may b e necessary for the student to follow the requirements in the curr e nt bulletin rather than the one in effect at the time of m a tri culation.

EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE

It is imperative that Academic Progress forms be maintained to guid e and record the student's progress toward his graduation. T wo copi e s are to be maintained, one by the Registrar's Office a nd the second by the student and his counselor. This is nece ssary for effective advisement , registration , plus the mutual prot ec tion of the student and the college. The accuracy of each r eg istration and the checking o f° all requirements are the final res ponsibility of the student.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

In general, students will follow the graduation requirements as outlined in the bulletin current at the time of matriculation. Students whose progress toward a degree has been irregular or int e rrupted to a point of five years or more since the date of m a triculation will meet the requirements of graduation in the most recent bulletin. Students for whom a progress sheet has b ee n made and who are making normal progress toward a degree w ill continue in their original bulletin.

TEACHER EDUCATION EXAMINATIONS (TEEP)

This is a comprehensive eight-hour examination required of al l students seeking endorsement for a teaching certificate from th e College. It evaluates the prospective teacher's preparation in the fi eld of general education, professional education and major area of concentration.

DEGREES

The College is authorized by law and rules to the Board of Trustees of the Nebraska State Colleg e s to issue the following d eg re es:

.
'
63

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION

Bachelor of Arts in Education (A.B. in Educ.) This degree is given to candidates whose field of concentration is in one of the following fields: Fine Arts, History and Social Science or Language Arts.

Bachelor of Fine Arts in Education (B .F .A. in Educ.) Art and/or Music.

Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S. in Educ.) This degree is given to candidates whose field of concentration is in one of the following fields: Physical Education, Practical Arts, Mathematics and Science, Elemen tary Education or Library Science.

Bachelor of Arts (A.B . ) This degree is given to candidates without regard to field of concentration and without the professional education requirements.

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) This degree is given to candidates without the professional education and/or the modern languag e requirement

Associate in Arts (A.A.) This degree is given candidates who complete a two year program approved by the college.

REQUIREMENTS F6R BACHELOR'S DEGREES

Total Hours . A ca ndid a te for a d eg ree must earn 125 semester hours of co urse cred it s.

Upper-Division Credit. The student must have earned at least 40 hours of upper-division credit (300 and 400 series). All 400 courses with a suffix of G carry either graduate or undergraduate credit.

Grade Point Average. A grade average of 5.25 is required for all degrees in Teacher Educat ion. An average of 5 .00 is required for other degre es

Resident Credit. A minimum of 30 res id ent credits is required. A student who has not be e n enro ll ed in on-campus classes within the ten years prior to application for graduation, must earn a minimum of nine hours of on -cam pus credit in order to qualify for a degree The res id e nt credit must be to the extent of 24 hours of the last 30 hours for a degree. This resident requirement may be waived in cases where any of the required resident credit is earned in any one of the four State Co ll eges.

Professional School Re sidence Credit. Under certain circumstances in which a pre-professional student has • successfully completed three years of training at Peru State Co ll ege in a specific, approvecj program, he may transfer to an accredited professional school during his fourth ye ar, and qualify for the baccalaureate degree, provided he meets a ll other graduation requirem ents

Correspondence and Extension Credit. Not more than one-fourt h of the total require ments for a degree may be satisfied through correspondence study and extension classes, a nd of this number the correspondence study a lon e cannot exceed one-eighth of

64 •
II
I
I I

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION

th e tot a l hours. Study center or off-cam pus classes will be honored as resident credit if con duc t ed by this College.

Fie ld s of Concentration. Each ca ndidate (except deg ree s in elem e ntary education) must c o mpl e te in addition to the general education requirements, a field of concentrat ion alo ng with su pporting study in terms of the educational objective .

' ormal Progress. To maintain normal progress a student must complete at least 30 semes t e r hours of credit in a consecutive five-year period including attendance for a full lo ad during on e semester or summer session. Twelve hours is considered a full load for norma l progress. In case normal progress is not maintained, the student must follow re qu ir e me nt s in th e current general bulletin.

Ap plication for Degrees. Each candidate upon enrolling for th e final course requ ir e me nt s in a semester or term, shall complete an application through the Regi stra r 's Office setting forth the degree(s), fields of concentration and payment of fee fo r grad ua tion. This application must be completed within the first five weeks of the semes ter or wit hin th e first two weeks of the first summer session.

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

The College requires a definite program of general education of a ll s tudents. An academic progress sheet is maintained by the adv isor and the student as a guide t o the student in reaching his e duca tional objectives. The general education requirements are as fo llows:

Hours

F in e Art s 2 Art 306. Art Appreciation, 2 hr. or Music 3p. Music Appreciation, 2 hr. (Music Students take Music 405-06.)

P.E. 205. Health, 3 hr. Se lec t two approved exercise courses.

Hi stor y and Social Science

Fo r the A.B. in Educ , B.F.A. in Educ., the B.S. in Educ ., or the B S. degrees 0 9 1- • .A Gov't 201. 3 hr., and 6 hr. among the following: D e,)~r-_

A-A ex.. .Soe..JO" S . S. 103, 104. Social Scic11ce (Ele111e11taty Edacatio11 only lt ecommeu ded) ,s-,J..tI'"

...,~ Hist. 113, 114. American History

-r.r"..t.. Hi st. 201, 202. World Civilization

c). 4 7 t Fo r th e A.B. degree . .............. . .............

s ,-.~ Gov't 201. 3 hr., and 9 hr. among Hist. 113 , 114, 201, 202 Of' ""Oc.., JOO

Lang ua ge Arts ,

E ng. 101. English Composition, 3 hr.

E ng. 302. English Composition, 3 hr.

E ng. 202. Appreciation of Literature, 3 hr.

Speh. 152 . Fundamentals of Speech, 3 hr.

Students who rank at the 30th percentile or higher on the mathematics section of the ACT will be excused from this requirement.

Psych . 121. General Psychology.

\(_.-
Ph ys ical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
.:J:!!!!=
1
*"
. . . .
12
.,..
.
12
Mathematics 3
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
65 E.

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION

Select a laboratory science from the following: Biology, Chemistry, Earth science, Physics, Biological and Physical Science. G. Sci. 205, 206 recommended for non-science majors.

Bachelor of Arts (A.B.)

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree must meet the following additional requirements: / I f 1A.

1• ore1gn Language - Spamsh or French

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES IN EDUCATION

Upon completion of the recommended curriculum incluping general education, professional education, a field of codcentration, supporting study in terms of the educational obj_ective plus completion of the TEEP the student will earn a Bachelor of Fine Arts, a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science in Education and upon recommendation of the College, will qualify for a Teaching Certificate.

ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION CURRICULUM

The College recognizes its responsibility first, in the selection of good prospective teachers and second, in offering the best possible program in the preparation for teaching. Careful consideration is given to each applicant for admission to the teacher education curriculum on the basis of the traits and qualities generally considered necessary for successful teaching. Only those students who appear to possess these qualities are encouraged to continue in teacher education. Very early in his college experience, the student is encouraged to evaluate his strengths and weaknesses through introspection and to follow a program of personal improvement.

Procedure for admission to teacher education is as follows:

1. All candidates must apply for admission to teacher education curriculum during the second semester of the / sophomore, year. .

2. Transfer stti dents. of junior or senior standing must make application for admission during the first month after matriculation.

3. Applications should be filed in the office of the Chair\ man, Teacher Education Committee.

Science 6
:,
.• ~ - 'f .": ."'r. ·..: "L 6
<-'-110<>>J •e i ""f"" ..,_ . ...,4',,,..,,............ ,I
Mathematics or Psychology . .'-9 . nr .... . 9 . .. ~!":~. c;-t: _ J
fand ,""- =.&&.-h- f.,
10
1 } 10 l T<> 6 0./'tP
b'1 Q.J•i' or ,r,,,,.,7Ji.H /Je.."'1
or Upper division outside the fiekl,, of study .......... .
r rN<-JI..
'66 •

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION

4. Each applicant for admission into teacher education curriculL'im will be evaluated as a prospective t e acher. The evaluation of the candidate ·will be made in terms of health, emotional stability, character traits and academic achievement.

5. An applicant may be requested to appear before the Teacher Education Committee in support of his application for Teacher Education. The committee will accept the candidate, accept him conditionally, or recommend that he follow some other curriculum more suitable to his talents and abilities.

6. Only students who have been accepted into the teacher education curriculum will be eligible for the professional semester or recommended for a teaching certificate.

CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION

1. Free from social probation.

2 Overall Grade Point Average of at least 5.25

3. Recommended by persons who by virture of past association are in a position to know the student as a prospective teacher.

4. Evidence of proficiency in mathematics and English. Scores at or above the fiftieth percentile on the ACT test in the areas of language and mathematics, or tenth grade level on the California Mathematics and Language Achievement tests are required.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSIGNMENT IN PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER

Candidates must submit application for the Professional Semester before the end of the junior year.

To be eligible for assignment to student teaching, certain re quirements must be met by the applicant. These are as follows:

1. The student must have been accepted into the teacher education curriculum.

2. The student must maintain all minimum criteria for admission to teacher education as a prerequisite to the professional semester.

3. The student must present evidence that he will have sufficient credits for the degree, one calendar year from the date of entry into the Professional Semester.

I I
67

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION

4. The stude nt must comp lete pre-student teaching experiences including observations as a part of the class requir eme nts in:

Human Growth and Development (3 hours observation)

Foundations of Education (6 hours observation)

General Methods (6 hours observation)

Special Methods (6 hours observation) and "The September Experience". (3 days observation). The September Experience includes assist ing and observing a public school teacher during th e I first three days of school.

5. Each application for the professional semester must be approved by

(1) Teacher Education Committee I

(2) Head of the Division of Ed u cation

(3) Director of student teaching

6. Register for and write the TEEP.

In add ition to all general and professional educat ion require-· I ment s, the student must CO!Jlplete a field of concentration and supporting courses outside the field. The amount of support credit will dep end upon the credit hour s available beyond the field r equi rem ents.

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY TEACHERS

Degree candidates seeking a teaching endorsement at the secondary lev el are further adv ised that , to teach in a field outside the field of concentration in a school accre dited by the North Central Association, twenty-four hours are generally re- I quired in most fields. This latt er condition does not imply thatthe candidate will qualify for a second endorsement.

Art

Biology

Business Education

English

*Geograp hy

History

Homemaking (Vocational)

Industrial Arts

Mathematics

Music

(ln strumental and Vocal)

*(Additional teaching endorsement required)

Physical E du cation

Physical Science

Science (General)

Social Sciences

Speech & Drama

The following are additional areas of study less than a co ncentration offered for a teaching endorsemen t: (must hav e additional area of concentration)

I II I I

68
I

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION

Coac hing Driver E du ca ti o n Libr a ry S c ie n ce

(See page 7 5)

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS

In a ddition to all general and profession al education re quirem e nt s, stud e nts must complete the following academic re quireme nt s in order to provide a broad general education necessary for e le m ent ary tea ch ers . The ca ndid a t e must ea rn 24 hours in one aca d e mic area and 15 hours in each of two additional areas co mmonl y t a ught in th e elementary schools along with 15 hours (e lec tives). These "areas" repres e nt the various jnstru ctional division s of th e co ll ege.

NEBRASKA TEACHER CERTIFICATION

Information r ega rding te ac hing certificates may be obtained in the R eg istrar's Offi ce or from th e Director of T e acher Certifica tion , State Capitol, Lincoln, Nebraska, 68509.

ENDORSEMENT FOR TEACHING

All applicants are hereby advised that m ee ting academic or gra duation re quirem ent s does not a utomatically complete r equirements for in stitutional e ndorsem ent.

Accord ing to Ne braska Teach er Certification, the College has th e responsibility of endorsing qualified p ersons for certific a tes. This res ponsibility h as been d elega ted to the Teacher Education Commi tt ee. An endo r se ment indicates the gra de le vel, subject fi e ld or area of specialization for which th e t eac her was especially pre p are d and impli es that th e a pplicant h as met appropriate sta nd ards of scholarship, sound m ental and physical h ea lth, good citi ze nship and moral character.

In order to facilitate the action of the T eacher Education Committee it is ne cessary that all applications be submitted not

I
Socio l ogy Ecqnomics Sp eci al Education
Math 200 Basi c Concepts of Math ema ti cs 3 hr. Eng. 203 C hildre n s Li t era ture ... .. ...... .. ...... . . .. .... ..... . ... . 3 hr. P.E 3 10 Physical Ed u ca tion in th e Prim ary Grades 2 hr. or P.E. 311 Physical E du ca tion in th e Int ermed ia te Grad es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 hr. I.A. 322 Ha nd Craft s 3 hr. Art 308 A rt Ex pl ora ti on 3 hr. Mu s. 205 E le m e nt ary Music Ma teri a ls .. . ........ ... . .... .. . .... .. ... 2 hr. G e og. 101 Principles of Geogra phy 3 hr. Total 1 9 hr.
69

less than three (3) weeks prior to the end of the t erm and the applicant must have written the TEEP .

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE

The Bach elor of Arts d eg ree is conferred on candidates following a four year curriculum in lib eral arts without rega rd to th e fi e ld of concentration. Candidates must complete th e general education requir e ments plus a field of concentration.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE

Th e Bach e lor of Science degr ee is conferred on candidates following a four year program other than liberal art s or t e acher education. Candidat es must complete th e general education and field of concentration requirements.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA

Most professional sc hools re quir e for e ntran ce two or more years of co ll ege credit in ge n e ral e ducation or basic lib era l a rt s co ur ses wh ic h vary only slightly from one pro fess ion to another. Since such work is re quired for the profession a l c urricula in trainin g t eac h e rs, thi s Co ll ege offe rs a variety of courses that serve as pre-professional ed u cat io n. Suggested among thes e are those for prosp ec tiv e do c tor s, d en ti sts, pharmacis t s, optometrists, nurs es, veterinarians, la wyer s, e n gin eers, agriculturists, foresters, morti cia n s, bu sin ess exec utiv es, journ ali sts a nd other s. It is a lmo st impo ssib le to list all of th e m a ny pre-pro fessio nal c urri cul a. T hi s do es not preclude the ava ilability of other pr e-p rofessio nal courses at Peru St a t e. s tud e nt following a pr e-p ro fess io n a l program is urged t o sec ure a bull e tin from the in st ituti on to which h e int e nd s to transfer in order th at sp ecific requir e m en ts will b e m e t. The various pre-professional programs are de sc rib e d under th e appropriate school.

SEMI-PROFESSIONAL AND TERMINAL

Stud e nt s who a re un ab le to attend co ll ege four years or more an d wish to pr epa r e for voca ti ons requiring less time in pr e p arat ion will find a variety of ed u ca tion a l opportunities in thi s College. There are in creas ing opportunities today for y ou ng p eo pl e in th e occupational area c la ss ifi e d as semi-professional. Exa mpl es of th ese are Medical Techn o l ogy and X-Ray Technology. A stud e nt inter es t e d in a n occupation in the above cl ass ifi catio n should kn ow th e requirements of the particular professional or t ec hni ca l school t o w hi c h he w ill transfer. It will th e n b e po ss ibl e for a co unsel o r to ass ist him in makin g a parall e l pro gra m o f the required formal college courses. Exa mpl es a r e not e d in th e a ppropriate schools.

70 • •

Juanita Bradley

Rob e rt Creamer

Tom F it zgera ld

Haro ld John so n

School of Education and Physical Education

REX R. SHELLEY, DEAN OF SCHOOL

Dep ar tment Chairmen

John C. Jen se n , Education an_ d Psy c hology

Joe Pelis e k, Physi ca l Educ a tion

Lloyd Kite

Harlan Krein

Jack McIntire

Donald Mill e r

Bonnie Rutz

PROGRAMS

EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY

Tom Scher e r

Balwant Singh

Jerome Stemper

Evan Van Zant

The S c h oo l of E du cat ion and Phy s ica l Ed u ca tion offe r s program s of s tudi es lea ding to the Ba cca laureate Degree in the following fi e lds : (1) Elementary Ed u cat ion , (2) Ear ly Ch ildhoo d Ed u catio n, (3) Physical Ed u ca tion , a nd (4) Recreation. In add itio n, programs mee ting r e quir e ments for certification are provid e d in Spe c ia l E du cat ion a nd Coac hing A two -yea r program for paraprofessionals in Ea rl y C hildh oo d Ed u ca ti o n is avai lab le leading to th e Assoc iat e in Arts Degree

OBJECT IVES OF TEACHER EDUCATION

Eac h teac h er sh ou ld b e pr e par e d to e mpl oy t eac h e r behaviors w hi c h w ill h e lp th e lear n e r :

l. Acq uir e the greates t po ssib le und e rstand ing of him se lf a nd a n appreciat io n of hi s wo r t hin ess as a m e mb e r of soc iety.

2. Acqu ir e und e r s ta ndin g and a ppr ec iat ion of p erso ns b e longing to socia l , c ultural, and et hni c groups diffe r e nt from his own.

3 . Acqui r e to th e fullest ex t e nt pos s ible fo r him mastery of th e basic sk ill s in th e u se of wor d s a nd numb e rs .

4 Acq uir e a p os iti ve a ttitud e toward schoo l and tow a rd t h e lea rnin g pro cess.

5. Acq uir e th e h ab it s a nd attit ud es a ssoc ia t e d w ith re s ponsible c iti ze n s hip

6 A c qu ir e good h ea l t h habit s and an und e rs tandin g of th e co nditi o n n ecessa ry for th e m a inte nan ce of phy s ica l a nd e m o ti o nal well-b e in g

7. Acq uir e oppor tunit y and e n co ura ge m ent to be c r ea tive in one or m ore fi e ld s of e nd eavo r.

8 U nd ers tand a nd appreciate hum a n ach ieve ment and interdis c iplin a r y natur e of th e natural sci e n ce s, th e socia l scien ces, the hum a nities and th e arts.

9. Unde rs t a nd th e oppor tuniti es open to him for preparing himself f,or a produc tiv e li fe a nd sh o uld e nable him to t a k e full adva nt age of the se opportunitie s.

10. To pr e pare for a wo rld of rap id c h ange a nd un forseea bl e demands in w hi c h cont inuing ed u ca ti o n throu ghout hi s ad ult life sh o uld b e a normal expec t ation .

I
SIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS E lem S ec P syc h . 201 2 0 2 2 0 3 Psyc h 3 01 Ed u c 300 Ed uc 404
(
..... ... ( 3 hr. Psychology of Adolescence ( E du cationa l Psycholo gy . . . 3 hr. Fo undat ions of E du cat io n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 hr. Preparation fo
Secondary E
ca ti o n 71 3 hr.
PROFES
Human Growth and De velopment or
Psycholo gy of C hildh ood - Elementary Ed or
r
du

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER

During the Profe ss iona l Se mester th e student's time is divided betwe e n study in profession a l courses a n d full-tim e student teach i ng. It is imperative that th e program of studies for all sophomore and junior students be made with the greatest care in anticipation of the Professiona l Semester during the senior year.

Th e Professional Seme s te r at the e le mentary leve l co n sis t s of th e following

The

al

at the secondary lev e l co nsists of the fo ll owing courses.

(Adjustments will be made in th e board a nd room charges for th e period

I I I I II the student teach er is off-campus ) II s e.~ f'~ -~ la er C{,,).So, PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS --=,

Upon comp le tion of th e recomm e nded curricu l um, the student will earn a I Bachelor of Scien ce deg ree and upon recommendation of the Co ll ege, h e will qualify for th e Ne braska Elem e ntary Certificate. F

Yea r

Elem. Sec. Educ. 405 Tea ch ing in the Elementary, School . . 8 hr. Educ. 406 Clinic a l Teaching Laboratory Educ. 408 Instructional Me di a 2 1u E duc 410 Stud en t Teaching 8 hr. Educ. 411 Stud ent Teaching Psych. 430 Educational Me asurements Special Methods in the Teaching Field Totals 27 hr 27 hr.
c:o urse
Educ. 405 Educ. 410 .. ,; Tea c hing in th e Elementary School ...... . ... .. ... .. . . ...... 8 hr. Stud e nt Tea c hing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 hr. 16 hr.
s.
Profession
Educ . 404 Preparation for Sec ondary Ed.(1ca tion ... . . . . ... .... ...... . . . 2 hr. Educ 406 Clinical Teaching Laboratory · : 2 hr. Edu c . 408 Instructional Me di a . ; ...... ·.. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 hr. E duc 411 Stud e nt Teach ing 8 hr. Psych 430 Educationa l Measurements , . . • . 2 Ju·. 16 hr.
Semester
I I
I
First Se mes ter Hr. E ng. 101 English Co mpo sitio11 3 S.S. 103 Social Sci e n ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ;~ Geog. 101 Principl es of Geogr ap hy : 3 P E (E xe r c ise Cour se ) 1 Speh 152 Pundamentals of Spee ch 3 Academic Re quir e m e nt s ............ 3 Total hour s ... .. . . ........ .. ..... 16 72 Second Se meste r Hr. S.S. 104 Social Sc ie n ce . ... .. . ..... 3 Psy ch . 121 General Psyc hology * 3 P.E. (E xe rcise Course) 1 Acad e mi c Requirem e nts 9 Tota l hours 16 II
reshman

EDUCATION

AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The int ernship in teacher education is an alternative to the traditional profes io nal se mester assignment. Internships are available in both elementary and secon da ry e

to students considered to be potentially excellent teachers T he progra

includes special preparation during the summer prior to the senior year. The intern, upo n completion of summer training, is contracted and paid by a school district and ass igne d to a teaching team under the supervision of a master teacher. During this time

range of teaching responsibiliti es in innovative and experime ntal programs The program is designed and conducted cooperatively by the college, sc hool district and intern teachers

Sophomore Year First Semester Second Semester Hr. Hr. Eng. 202 Lit era ry Appreciation Psyc h 2 01 -Human Growth and Deve lopment or Psych 202-Psychol3 .'f, I.A, 322 Hand Crafts 3 ogy o( C hildhood 3 Gen. Sci. 202 Physical Science 3 Gov't. 201 American National Gov't 3 P.E. 205 Health . . 3 Gen. Sc i. 2 01 Biological Sci. 3 Academic Requirem e nts ... . ....... 4 ,r Eng . 203 Childr e n's Literature 3 .;,, ~lu ic 205 Elementary Music Materials . 2 If- P.E. 3 10 or 3 11 Primary-Intermediate Gra des .. ..... . .... . . . . . .. . . . . . 2 Tota l hours 16 Total hours 16 Submit application for Teacher Education Junior Year F irst Se mester Second Semester Hr Hr Educ . 300 Foundations of Education. . . 3 Psych. 301 Educ. Psychology . . . . . . . . 3 Eng. 302 English Composition.. . . 3 ~a th200 Basic Concepts of MatheArt 306 Art Appreciation or Mus. 311 mat1cs 3 Mu ic Appr ec iation 2 Educ. 408 Instructional Media 2 JI Art 3 0 8 Ar t Exploration. 3 Academic Requirements 8 Acade mic R equirements. 5 • Tota l ho ur s 16 Total hours 16 Submit application for Professional Semester Senior Year First Semester Second Semester Hr. Group A Hr. Group A Ed u c. 405 Teaching in the Elem. School* Academic R equirements 16 8 **E du c. 410 Student Teaching 8 Group B Educ. 405 Teaching in the Elem. 16 School* ...... . .... . ..... . .. 8 **Educ . 410 Student T eac hing . . .... 8 Group B Aca de mi c Re quirements .. . . ... .. 16 *Take n the fir st or second semester. ** All pre-s tudent teaching experiences must have been completed
I ONAL PROGRAMS
TEACHER PROGRAM 16
OPT
I:\TERN
ducation
m
the int e rn experiences a
73 (
wide

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Elementary Education Certification for Students with Academic Majors

The following course of study is designed to prepare teachers with an academic major or area of concentration to teach in grades 4, 5, or 6 in schools which incorporate departmentalization, team teaching, modular scheduling, and/or differentiated staffing patterns. Career objectives should be oriented to teaching in town or urban areas.

1. General education requirements.

2. Area of concentration as determined by the field

3. IJ'" Professional education requirements as stated for elementary education stuJI"'

dents. (27 hours)

4. Selected electives (15 hours) from the academic field requirements listed in the

fD "Program of Instruction Section" under "Academic Requirements" for elem- la

entary teachers. These requirements will be determined on an individual basis.

PROGRAM FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

:'\ There are two programs in Early Childhood Education. A two-year program

to the Associate in Arts Degree and a four-year program leading to a Bachelor

of Science Degree in Early Childhood Education.

The curriculum leading to the Associate in Arts Degree in Early Childhood

Education is designed to prepare paraprofessionals for positions in Early Childhood

Education. It is for Head Start Personnel under the auspicies of the Nebraska Head

Start Supplementary Training Program.

All courses carry full credit toward the Bachelor of Scienc e Degree and may be applied to a regular four-year program. Students are encouraged to set an ultimate

career goal of the Baccalaureate Degree.

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (A.A. DEGREE)

'\:: s~ ·
· i 1 A
'y~,,,;
1 (, ;;_D' f\ /JI
1/' J \~•
\ \ _, ~)'
()I"'~ \.-\o~k': ·
'i""
Y.,I)
(I" ?Jl'. J
\" 5:.fl ,I'/;
t' .'.)
~• f\r.v
, ,:-i "I {'::.'
p ·1 t/)j
CJ
yieJding
-<-""'
-'\·~ '(!' ~u ,,. v {2/ ~· '"' I ·x~
;' nl~ (A ,, JI ()First Year First Semester Eng. 101 English Composition Biol. 201 Biology Science Hr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 Psy c h. 121 General Psychology . .. ... . H. Ee. 133 Foods and Nutrition ..... . Art 200 Art for Early Childhood P .E (Exercise Course) Second Semester Speh. 152 Fund .a mentals of Speech Math. 100 Basic Math Hr. 3 3 3 3 1 3 Psych. 201 Human Growth & Devel. P.E. 205 Family Health and Safety P .E. (Exercise Course) .. . ......... . Elective I • I I I I II • Total hours 16 Total hours , 16Second Year First Se mester JOO lli. S.S .JD?::Social Science 1 -.,., ) · 3 Educ. 408 Instructional Media ,;:,_Q .f .. 3 Eng 203 Children's Literature, Drama, and Storytelling :• · 3 Educ. 305 Principles of ~aJJY. C(1ildhood Education .LQl.lX? J. . . . . . . 3 P .E. (Exercise Course) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 E lective 3 Second Semester Hr. ' Educ. 307 Practicum . 3 S.S. 305 Marriage and the Family 3 , cilf Educ. 30:ll.The Disadvantaged Child 3 Music 205 Music for Early Childhood 3 · P.E 200 Play and Games for Early I Childhood 3 Elective 1 Total hours 16 Total hours 16 I 74

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The c urriculum leading directly to a Bachflor of, Science Degree is designed for those who w ish to prepare for teaching in day care, preschool, kindergarten , or primary schoo l progra m s. This currict1lum follows the program for E le m e ntary Teachers , in ad

following sequence of courses:

t eac hing the Educable or Traina ble mentally handicapp e d.

Thi s co ur se of study may be elected in lieu of th e 24 hour blo c k ordinari l y req uired in e le mentary e ducation

E ightee n hours of electives to be selected · frori1 offerings in Psychology, Speech, Physical Education, and/or Practical Arts Contact th e Dean of Education and Physical Educa tio n or your advisor for specific courses which may be approved as electives in this fie ld.

PRO GRAM FOR SECONDARY TEACHERS

ll1e prog ram for secondary teachers includes all requirem e nts in general education, an area of c oncentration, and professional education. The following courses are r e quir e d o f all s tude nts preparing to becom e teachers on the secondary leve l.

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (B S. DEGREE)\V\-
t
R equ ired: (1) Program in Elementary Education and (2) the following courses (12
) Ed u c. 205 Educ. 3011 E duc. 310 H. Ee. 302 Electives (25 hrs.) Eng. 203 Mus 205 P.E. 310 I.A 322 Art 308 Mat h . 200 Geog. 101 H.E c. 133 H.E c. 32 1 Soc 305 Principles of Early Childhood Education , 3 The Disadvantaged Child ....... . ... .. .... . . ... ........ 3 Kindergarten E ducation . . .. ... . ... .......... . . . . .. ... . 3 Child Development _J Total hours 12 Childrens Literature 3 Elementary Music Mat er ia l s .... . . ..... . ........ . ....... 2 Physical Education in Pr imary Grades 2 Hand Crafts 3 Art Exploration ........ . ..... . .. .. . . ... .. . .. . ..... . . 3' Ba sic Concepts of Mathematics 3 Principles of Geography 3 Basic Foods and Nutrition ....... . . . ........ . .. . ..... . . 3 Per so nal and Family Rel at ionships 3 Marriag e and Parenthood _l_ Total hours .. . . . ... . . ... ..... . ... . . . . ....... . ...... 37 E ' DORSEMENT IN SPECIAL EDUCATION - TEACHING EDUCABLE OR TRAINABLE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED By m ee ting the following requirements students may se lect an area of c oncentration in Ele m e ntary Education with e ndor se ment for
dition to
h e
hrs
REQUIREMENTS Introduction to Me ntal Retardation (at leas t 3 hours) 3 ,/ Psychology of Exceptional Children 3 V Methods and Mat e rials in the Ed ucation of ExP sy c h. 320 Psyc h 331 Ed u c. 423 ceptional c hildr e n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 v Ps yc h. 4 30 Educational Meas urements 2 V E duc. 435 Student Teaching (Exceptional Children) 4 ,/ Total hours Is ELECTIVES
75

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

PROGRAMS

Th e program in Physical Educa tion contributes to the e ducation of the college men and wom e n in the following wa ys:

1. By providing a well-round e d program of a c tiviti es usabl e by th e stud ent in c ommanding th e optimum and m ax imum fun c tions of the body .

2. By the emphasi s of sound h ealth h abits , th e need for sleep , ex e rci se , proper food, rest and re la x ation .

3. By developing in e ach stud !j] nt sp ec ific n e uromus cular skill s whi ch will be a d e quat e for pl e asur e, for r e la xa tion a nd safety.

4. By providing opportunities for the developm e nt of emotional control, perseverance, courag e , le adership and loyalty.

5. By providin g a laborator y for th e dev e lopm e nt of con structiv e attitud es toward play , h e alth , re crea tion, r e lax ation , sport smanship and human relations.

6. By providing prospective teach ers with experien ces e nabling them to acquire the skills, knowledg e and techniqu e s n ee d e d to t each Physical Educ a tion in mod ern e le mentary and se condary school s.

EDUCATION AND
Sophomore Year Psych. 201 Human Growth and Developm e nt 3 Psych. 202 Psychology of Childhood . . ..... . . ..... .. ..... . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . 3 or Psych 203 Psychology of Adolescence 3 Junior Year Educ. 300 Educ 301 Submit Application for Teacher Education Foundation s of Education ............ . . . . .. . ...... . ........ . 3 Educational Psychology 3 Submit application for Professional Semester Senior Year Pro fess ion a l Semest er Edu c 404 Preparation for Se c ondary E du c ation . 2 Edu c 406 Clini ca l T eac hing Laborator y : 2 Educ 408 Instruction a l Media . 2 Educ. 411 Student Teaching 8 Edu c. 430 Educational Measurements 2 PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
RECREATION
(PHYSICAL
Requirements for Field of Concentration P.E. Hrs. 1 F olk Dance t •••••• , •••••.•••..•.•.••• •• ••••• • ••••...• l I" 2 Square and So cial Dance 1 v 8 Be ginning and Interme diate •Swimming . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. .... .. . . 1 f:" 201 Principles of P. E . . .. . .. . ... . . ... ,I .•. .• •.••.. •. • •.. 3 203 Gymnastics 2 , 215 First Aid ............ .. . . . ........ . ... . . .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. 3 v 216 Minor Sport s I ............. . . . ... . .. . ... . . . . ... .. ....... . 2 217 Minor Sport s II . 2 V 220 Re creation Le a d er ship 2 v 76
EDUCATION FOR MEN ,

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Th e fo ll ow ing program is provided for thos e students int eres t e d in th e coac hing of inte r sc ho las ti c spor ts. It is designed t o fit the n ee ds of th e high sc ho o l coac h a nd leads to insti tutiona l recommendation for ce rtifi ca tion . Students comp leting thi s program are require d to have a field of concentration in a noth er area.

309 Orga ni za tion and Administration of P .E. . ..... . . . . ... . ..... .. .. 2 310 Ph ys ica l E ducation in th e Prim ary Grades 2 311 Phy sica l E du ca tion in the Int ermedi ate Grades • 2 312 Kines io logy a nd Anatomy : · 3 400 Adva n ce d Techniques in P. E. for Men I 1 -101 Adva nce d Techniqu es in P. E. for Me n II . 1 v -I IO Hea lth Programs . 2 v 416 Tests an d Measurements in P.E . .... .. ... . .... . .. . .... . . . . .. .. 2 v -ll 7 Co rrect iv e and Adapted P. E. 2 -125 Cu rre nt Pr.oblems in P. E. . ... . .... .... . .. .. .... . . . ... . .. . .. 1 v Tota l hours -: -' 35 PHYSICA L EDUCA TION FOR WOMEN Requirements for Fie l d of Concentration P.E. Hrs I Fo lk Da n ce 1 2 Square a nd So cial Dan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 Mo de rn Da n ce 1 5 Body Me c h a ni cs 1 8 Beg innin g and In te rm ediate Swimming . ... . . . . ...... . . . . .. . . .. l 201 Pri n cipl es of P E. 3 203 Gy mnas ti cs 2 215 First Aid • . 3 218 Ba sic Skill s for Wom e n I 2 219 Bas ic Skills for Wome n II 2 220 Rec re at ion Le a d ership ..... ... . .. . ........ ... . . . .. . ..... . .. 2 309 Orga ni z ation and Admini stration of P. E 2 3 10 Phys ica l E du cat ion in Prim ary Grades 2 31 1 Ph ys ic al Education in Int er m ed ia t e Grades 2 3 12 K in es i o logy and Anatomy ...... . . .. .. . . .. . . . .... .. . . ....... 3 402 Adva n ce d Techniques in P.E . For Women I ..... . .. . . . ........ . 1 403 Ad va n ce d Tec hniqu es in P. E for Women II 1 4 10 He a lth Programs . . . . ..... .. . . . . . ... . . . ... . . . ... . . ......... 2 4 16 Tes ts a nd Meas ur e m ent s in P. E ....... . .. . . .... . ........ . .. . . . 2 417 Co rr ec tiv e and Adapted P .E. 2 425 Curr e nt Probl e ms in P. E _L Tota l hour s , 37
COAC HING OF INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORTS
R e quirements P.E. Hou r s , 207a Th e ory of Footba ll 2 , 20 7b Theory of Bask e tb a ll 2 • 2 07 c Th e ory of Track , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 v 2 07d Theory of Baseball 2 3 00 :Pr evention and Tr ea tm ent of Ath le ti c Injuries 2 3,C::, Prin c ip_l es o~ Offi ci at in g ..... . .. _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 18 Admm1strat10n of lnt e rs chool Atlrlet1.cs ..... . . . _ . . ... . .... 2 S p eh . ,, 25 4 Publ ic Speaking 3 Tota l hours Til 77

'l'i-.") EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCAT ION

PROGRAM IN RECREATION

The program in Recreation leads to a Bachelor of Science Degree. The field of recr eation prepares students for professional recreational leadersh ip and for supervisory and administrative positions in a variety of settings. Recreation as an area of concentration requires 40 semester hours; 26 hours of required courses and 14 hours of electiv e s. The curric ulum e mphasi zes a broad educat ion background involving a se lection of courses from different departments of the college. Scholarly research with emp ha sis on th e so luti o n of problems in the field is a requirement in most recreation courses.

3 hr. On

for co ll ege students needing impro vement in d

loping their reading abi lit y a nd study ski lls. Emphasis will be placed on improvin g both comprehension and increased speed of reading. Attention wi ll be given to remedy in g weaknesses of individual students.

205. Principles of Ea rly Childhood Education. 3 lu-. Prerequisite: Psych. 201. Theory and practice of ear ly childhood education in the nursery schoo l and primary grades. The course deals with curriculum, program planning, u se of materials and equipment, role of teacher, techniques of classroom management, and meeting the needs of individual ch ildr en in the group situation

--·~
I I _\j' t;'\7 'f\)I)
Required: Hours Recreation Leadership 2 Outdoor Recreation . 2 Commun ity Recreation 2 Youth Organization 2 Socia l Recreation . 2 Indu stria l Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Rec. 220 22] 3 1 5 316 317 318 320 405 460 Ca mpin g . 2 Recreation Seminar 1 Recreation Internship 8 P.E . 215 First A id 3 Total hours 26 Elect fourteen hour s from the following: Mus. 107 C lass Piano 1 I.A. 226 Photography I . 3 I.A 322 Handcrafts 3 Speh. 254 Public Speaking 3 Speh. 255 E lementary Dramatics . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . .. ... ........ . . . . . . .. 3 Econ. 220 Principles of Econom ics 3 Jo urn. 235 Ne wspape r E ditin g • 3 Art 111 Lettering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Psych. 20 1 Human Growth and Development 3 Art 300 Ceramics 3 Ed uc 408 In stru c ti ona l Media 2 P.E. 309 Organization and Administration of Physical I\ ;i'b Educatio n and Recreation Programs 2 P.E. ...:ll4 Principles of Officiating 3 P.E. 8 Swimming .................. . . . ... ..... . . . . . .. . . . . . ...... l Rec. 406 Recreation Research 1-3 Educ. Total hour s EDUCATION Courses of Instruction 14 J 05 Developmental Reading and Study Skills.
cours
demand. A
e designed
eve
78 •

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Foundations of Education. 3 hr. E ach se m es t er and s umm er. Pr er e quis it es : P sych. 121 and 201. Th e hi storical and phil o s o phi ca l ba c k ground a nd d e velopm e nt of edu c ational thought and pra c ti ce in Am e ri c an publi c e du c ation. Att e ntion is giv e n to c ontem p orary i ss u es a nd tr e nd s along with probl e m s of the t e a c hing profession. Pr e -stud e n t t eac hin g e x p erie n ces begin in thi s co ur se

The Disadvantaged Child. 3 hr. Prerequi sit e : Psyc h. 121 a nd 201. An int e rdi sc iplin a r y se min a r d es ig n e d to int erpr e t th e in t'lu e n ces of c ultur e in r eg ard to th e in s titution of family , sc hool , gov e rnm e nt , a nd r e ligion C hara c t eri s ti cs o f th e disadvanta ge d child in r eg ard t o lea rning probl e m s a nd lan g uage d e ve lopm e nt , h ea lth , se lf- c on ce pt , and p syc holo gic al c onstru c ts.

El e m e ntary School Curriculum. 3 Ju· . Pr er e qui s it e: E du c. 300. Th e e le mentary school curri c ulum and its place in m ee tin g th ~ n ee ds of c hildr e n Actual e xp e ri e n ce in planning units of .instru c tion and in exa mining and ev a luating various courses of study and t ex tbooks

Practicum. 1-4 hr. Prer eq uisit e: Approval of D ea n of S c h o ol. (Op e n to lowe r cl ass m e n.) Offer e d as n ee d e d to provide pra c ti c al c la ssroom ex p erie n ce of b e n e fit t o prosp ec ti ve t eac h er s , thos e s tud e nt s wi shin g t o ser ve as t eac h e r aid e s , stud e nt s pr e pa rin g to serv e a s a ssi s tant t e a c h e r s o r paraprofe ss ional s

Kindergarten Education. 3 hr. Pr e r e qui s it e : Psyc h 201. Mo d e rn m e thod s a nd s tudy of mat erial s th a t a r e u se d in th e kind e r gart e n pro gram

T e achin g Reading. 3 hr. Pr er e qui s ite: Edu c. 300 . A study o f c urr e nt m e thod s of t eac hin g d eve lopm e nt a l r e ading , study o f r e adin g m a t e rial s and th e ir u ses , e valuatin g r ea din g progr e ss , and r e latin g d e ve lo pm e nt a l r e adin g t o an und erstandin g of c hildr e n.

Problems in Reading Seminar. 3 hr. A seminar d es igned to giv e a mu t ual und e r s tandin g of th e problems in r e ading, grad es 1 to 12 in c lu siv e.

Diagnostic and Remedial Reading. 3 hr. Prer e quisit e : 15 hour s profes sional education or in s tru c t o r' s p e rmi ss ion Techniqu es of re c o g ni z ing a nd clas sif y in g rea din g probl e m s. L a b o ratory e x perie nces in r e m e di a l in st ru c tion

The Middle School. 3 hr. Summ er. Prer e qui s it e : E du c. 300 . E mph as i s is g ive n to th e hi st o r y , phil oso ph y , purpos e , fun c tion , or gani zati o n , mana gem e nt , c urri c ulu111 d e ve lo pm e nt s, a dmini strati ve probl e m s o f th e junior hi g h and th e natur e and n ee d s o f junior high pupil s

Preparation for Secondary Education. 2 hr. Pr e r e qui s it e: Appro val for professional se m es t e r. Empha si s is giv e n to d e ve lopin g knowl e dge, s kill s , a nd tec hniqu es for s u ccess ful t e a c hing in th e sec ond a ry sc h oo ls . A co ur se co n ce rn e d w ith th e co mm o n c lem e nt s in sec ondar y e du ca ti o n includin g planning for in s tru c ti o n , cl ass room c ontrol and m o ti va ti o n, sec ond a ry c urri c ulum , and p ro bl e m s ass o c ia t e d w ith e nt er in g th e t e a c hin g pro fess io n

405. Teaching in tl1e Elementary School. 8 hr. Pr e r e qui s ite: App ro va l for profess ional se m es t e r. Stud e nt s w ill hav e a n opp o rtunity to co n sid e r

302. 303 . 307. 310 334 335. 336. 350. 404.
79

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

approaches to instruction in c ludin g most subj ects co mmonly taught in th e e le mentary sc hool and participation in th e clinica l t eac hin g laboratory.

406. Clinical Teaching Lab oratory 2 hr. Pr ereq ui sit e : Approval for pro fess ion a l semester. T es ting of educationa l theory and tec hniqu es und er ca refully co ntroll e d condition s. Students h ave a n o pportunity to dev e lop and re fin e tea c hing sk ills , throu g h th e us e of simula tion, mi croteac hin g and vid eotaping, t ea ch er se lf-appraisal model s, techni c al skills of tea c hin g lab oratory, and pre p ar a tion of in st ru c tional materia ls.

408. Instru ct ional Media. 2 hr. Eac h se me st e r a nd su mmer. De monstration and labora tor y pra cti ce with In stru ct iona l Me dia used in th e classroom and sc h oo l syste m including: motion pi c tur e, film s trip , slid e and opaque projectors; a lso tape reco rd er s, re co rd player s, c lo sed circuit te le vi sion and vid eo tape reco rd er.

40 9 Preparation of Instructional Materials. 2 hr. On d e mand. Pr e re quisite : Ed uc.

408. Adva n ce d tec hniqu es a nd sk ill s in th e pre paration of c lass room in s tru c tional m a t e rial s including (1) 35 mm slid es, (2) super 8 mm motion pi c tur es, (3) film s trips , (4) audiotap es keye d to visu al materials , (5) mod e ls , mo c k-ups, and dioramas and (6) clos ed c ir c uit TV vid e otaping.

410 Student Teaching (Elementary) 8 hr. Eac h semester. Pr e re qui sit es: Psych. 1 2 1 , 201 a nd 401 ; E du c. 3 00 a nd 40 5. A pra ct ica l a ppli catio n of prin c ipl es of lea rnin g in th e classroom. Progress ive indu c tion into full te ac hin g res ponsibility at th e e lementary level. Students tea ch full tim e for nin e we eks . Application for ,st udent teaching must be mad e at the end of the junior year.

410s. Seminar in Student Teaching (Elementary). 4 h r. Summer only. Prer e qu isit es Two years of succ e'ssfu l tea ching ex peri e n ce and 45 hours of c olleg e cre dit. One of th e two ye a rs ex p e ri en ce mu st h ave been durin g th e pa st fiv e year s or two years within th e pa s t te n years. Thi s ex p erience must b e certified by th e c ity or county super int endent of sc hool s with wh o m th e ca ndid a t e h as worked. Thi s co ur se may be substit ut e d for fo ur hour s of stud e nt teachin g cre dit to m ee t the ce rtification re quirem e nt. Application should be made to the Dea n of the School of Education and Physical Education 18 weeks prior to registration ..

411. Student Teaching. (Secondary) 8 hr. Each semester. Pr erequi sit e: Approva l for professi o nal se m es t er. Exp erien ce in th e app li ca tion of sound e du ca tion a l th eo ry by act ually t eac hing stud e nts in th e secondary sc ho ol. All studen ts w ho intend to be ce rtifi e d as secondary tea c hers ar e cautioned that the co urs es in th e Profess ional Se mest er are integrat e d 'Yit h student t eac hing a nd should not b e t a k e n in pr ev ious semeste r s Application for student teaching must be made at the e nd of the junior year.

415. Workshop. 1 to 6 hr. Summ er only. Work on pra c tica l ed u ca tional probl e m s of , specia l intere st to th e students. The individual or gro up is expec ted to ma ke a written r e port of hi s fini s h ed proj ec t whi c h will be dupli ca t e d and !nad e a'va il able to other me mb er s of th e Work s hop .

423. Methods and Materials in the Education of Exceptional Children 3 hr. Prer e quisit e: Approval. A study of the e valuation t ec hniqu es , ch aracteristi cs, obj ectiv es , curricula, specia l materials, fa c iliti es and techniques of in struction, alon g with th e d eve lopme nt of int egra t e d experience units at

80 •

Psych.

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

the primary, int er me diat e, and pre-vocational lev els, Section 1 - The Educable Mentally Handicapped; Section 2 - The Trainable Mentally Handicapped; Sectio n 3 - The Gifted; Section 4 - The Visually Handicapped.

435. Student Teaching (Exceptional Children.) 2-6 hr. U_pon d e mand. Prereq-f j ~:

~_MP; uisite: Approval. Obs ervat10n, laboratorw nd teachmg expenence 111 the

following areas of specialization; Sectio 1 The Ed ucable Me ntally Hand1 _

capped; Sect10n 2-The Tiainable Men Handicapp e d; Section 3 - The

Gifted; Section 4 - Th e Vi sually Handicapped.

440G. School Law for Teachers. 3 h1. On demand. TlllS co ur se includes a study

of the origin and d eve lopm ent of school law Emphasis is given to school laws and their applicati o n as they pertain to classroom teachers in Nebrask a.

445G. Principles and Techniques of Supervising Student Teachers. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Per mission of instru c tor. A course designed to prepare teachers to act as supervisors of student teachers. Co nsideration of n ew models and practices in teaching will e nabl e the teacher to provide leadership for stud e nt t eac h er s and in co rporat e thes e te chniqu es in their own classroom.

450. Directed Study in Education and Psychology 1-3 hr. On d e mand. Prerequisit e : Junior or senior sta1iding with permission of the in s tructor. Indi vidual s tudy a nd research in d·e pth on a topic jointly approv e d by th e instru c tor and stud e nt.

PSYCHOLOGY AND GUIDANCE Courses of Instruction

121. General Psychology. 3 hr. A general education course which provides an introduction to th e field of Psychology. Initia,1 course for those preparing as teacher s or professionals in the fi e ld Provid es a n understanding of human b e havior from th e standpoint of scientific psychology, e mphasi zing h e reditary and e nvironm ent a l factors interactin g to produ ce behavior.

.

201. Human Growth and Deve lopment Child Psychology 3 hr. Each semester and summer. Prereq uisite : Psych. 121 or approval of instructor. Principles of human growth and d eve lopment with co n si d erat ion given to the basic philosophy und er lying effect iv e t eac hing .

Psychology of Childhood. 3 hr. A study of the ·principles of b e havior in 1 - G,~ infancy and childhood, physical, social, emotional, int e ll ec tual and per-son- ·ality developm e nt from childhood to preadol esence.

Psychology of Adolescence. 3 hr. The study of physical, social, emotional, intellectual and per sona lity development of adolescents and di sc ussion of - f c}t problems p ec uliar to adolescence, in the lig ht of the findin gs of psychological resear c h.

301. Educational Psychology. 3 hr. Each semester and summer. Pr erequisites: Psych. 121 and 201. The principles of psychology applied to educational practice with emphas is on the construction and u se of adva nc e organizers.

V
k
v~,~•
t"~
J
~!)I'
r
I
_L. I . .il J_.O I J-c:, , Q. + )<:Jr d;: e ,S'.(" ,-v-cc-,-( Pf J~ C. >NL -,c:t..th.. 81 /I ..L . I. • ,¥ -...) "'- '" 1.1 r,.Q.C::. '¾CL 'cl'r.J '~ /~ K,-Jl, .;lo:} -~ "" ,r~-4<--'..e.crJ <J , :;.; r r ~' , A , , o1v .. !:l ::i.. •"--/ i -e..u. o t=- ,:J.o I • [3..,~ ,.,,..."'-:)

EDU CATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

305. Social Psychology 3 hr. A s tud y of p syc hol ogica l prin c ipl es applied in soc ial situations , includin g human int erac tions , so c ia l n eeds, values, cultural r e lati v ism and th e effec t s of gro up condi ti o n s o n judgments and attitude s.

320. Introdu c tion to Mental Retardation. 3 hr. Prerequisit e: P sych 201. A study of the soc ia l, e m o ti ona l , ph ys ic al and m e ntal c hara c t e ri stics of th e m e ntall y r e tarded c hild. Me thod s of classifying , diagnosing and tr e ating men tally re tard e d c hildr e n wi ll be di sc u sse d from th e p sy c holo g ic al , socio log ica l a nd e du ca tional points of view

325. Applied Psychology. 3 hr. Prer e quisite: P syc h. 121. Pacts a nd principle s from th e st ud y of human b e h av ior applied to bu s in ess, indu s try , soc i et y , pro fess i o n a l li fe a nd g roup proce sses

331. Psychology of Exceptional Children. 3 hr. Pr e re qui s ites: Psy c h 121 and 20 1. A survey co ur se co ve ring the types, c h aracter ist ics, problems and n eeds of c hildr e n who a re in so m e way except ional.

Statistics in Psychology and Education I. 3 Iu·. Th e meaning , importanc e and app li cat io n s of th e normal probability c urv e, var ious t es t s of s ig nificance, th e t es tin g of hypoth eses a nd th e te c hniqu es o f sa mp le se l ec tion.

Statistics in Psychology and Education II. A s tud y of th e m et hod s of summ a ri z in g a nd int er p re tin g dat a, e le m e ntary prob a bilit y a nd it s r e lation to di stributi o n s Th e meani ngs , importan ce, a n d app li ca tion s of the normal and binomi ca l di s tribution s. The m e thod s of random sa mpling , testing of hypoth eses , a n alysis of paired data, and int e rpr e tation of s tandardi ze d test sc or es

Introduction to Mental Hygiene. 3 hr. Pr erequi s it es: Psy c h. 121 and 201. Home, sc ho o l and comm unity factors in the adjustm e nt of individua l s.

Educational Measurements. 2 hr. Eac h se m est e r. Pr erequ is ite s : Psyc h. 121 and 201. Th e writin g of obj ec tiv es in behavioral t e rm s, the co nstruction of t es t s ba se d on 131o o m' s ta xo nomy and the int e rpr e t a ti on of t es t scores are di sc u sse d in thi s co ur se.

Principles and Practices of Guidance. 3 hr. Pr e r eq ui s it es : Psyc h 121 and 20

1. A ge n e ra l overv iew of th e total gu id ance progr a m Prin c ip les and techniqu es e mplo ye d in es t a blishing a nd maint a inin g a n e ffective g uidan ce pro g ram arc e mpha s ize d.

Psycholog ica l Testing. 3 lu. Pr e requisites: Psy c h. 3 01 and 330 Introdu ction to th e m e thod s and principles of psycholo g ica l t es ting and surv ey of psychological t e sts and th e ir use in such areas as business , industry, gov ernment and ed u ca tion ; methods of se lect in g sta ndardi zed t es ts will a l so be di sc u ssed.

437. Techniqu es ' c'>f Counseling. 3 hr. Pr er e qui sit es: Psyc h. 121 and 201. Variou s te c hni·qu es o'f co un se lin g and ex p e ri e nc e in u s in g the se t ec hniqu es

439 Administration of a Guidance Program. 2 hr. On demand. Prer e qui s ite:

Psyc h 430. Th is co ur se in c lud es the sett in g up of a g uid ance program and th e se lec tin g a nd dir ec ting of th e g uid a n ce per sonn e l.

335 421. -430. 432. 436.
I • I • I • •
I
82 I I

EDUC ATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

PHYSICAL E DUCATION

(M e n and Women)

Co ur ses of Instru c tion

A maxi mum of fo ur c r e dit s of va r sit y spor t s m ay be inclu de d t o m eet t he 1 25 m 1er ho ur s of co ur se c r e dit r e qui re d for d eg ree purp oses

P.E.

I. Fo l k D a n ce l hr. Eac h se m es t e r. Two h o ur s att e ndan ce

2. S qu a re a nd So c ial D a n c e l hr. Eac h se m es t e r. Two h o ur s at t e ndan ce.

4 Go lf. l h r. S umm er. P i ve h o ur s a tt e nd a n ce. rund a m e nt a ls o f g rip , s t a n ce a n d sw in g. F a cto rs in puttin g. Eac h s tud e n t t o furni s h ow n e qui p m e nt. Me m be rs hi p in Au b urn Co untr y C lub r e quir ed.

8. Begi nnin g and I n t e rm e diat e Swimmin g . l hr. Eac h se m es t e r. Two h o ur s a tt e n dan c e Ope n to a ll cl ass if icat io ns of sw imm ers o r n o n- sw imm ers. R e d Cross ce rtifi c at es iss u ed t o th ose w h o pa ss Red Cross s t a n dm cl s

9. Life S a vin g a nd Wa t e r Safety Instru c tor s 1-2 hr. Seco n d se m es ter. T hr ee ho ur s a t te n da n ce. O n e h o ur lect ur e a nd d emo n s tr a ti o n ; two h o urs ac ti vi t y. Ame ri ca n Reel Cross Life Sav in g a n d Wa t e r Safe t y co ur ses .

10 Te nnis. l hr. Eac h se m es t e r a nd s umm e r. F undam e ntal s o f s t ro k e , rul es a nd strategy. S tu den t mu s t furni s h te nni s racke t a n d thr ee n ew b a ll s .

11. Be ginnin g 8owlin g . l h r. Me n a nd Wome n . T wo h o u rs a tt e n dance. r un da m e nt a l s kill s an d tec hniqu es a re e mph as ize d.

20 l. Principl es o f Phy s ica l E du c ati o n. 3 hr. Eac h se m es t e r. Scope of th e fi e ld of phys ica l e du ca ti o n a nd it s re lati o n t o m o d ern e du ca ti o n a l th eo r y; h is t o r y, prin c ip les of ph ys i ca l e du ca ti o n furni s h e d by th e bas ic sc ie n ces a nd th e phil oso phi es o f ph ysi c a l e du ca ti o n . S tu dy o f th e prin c ip les w hi c h s h o uld gove rn t h e in s tru ct io n a l, int e r sc h o las ti c, int ra mural , pl ay d ay a nd co rr ect ive prog r a m

203. Gymn as ti cs ( tum bli ng , r e bo und tumblin g a nd ap pa r a tu s) 2 hr. F irs t se m es t e r. T hr ee h o ur s a tt e nd a n ce In stru c ti o n in tu mb lin g , t ra mp o lin e, mini-t ra mp o lin e , sid e hor se, va ultin g b ox , hi g h bar, pa rallel b a r and ba la n c ing U niform re quir ed.

20 5 H ea lth. 3 h r. Eac h se m este r a nd s u m m e r. A s tu dy of th e fun c ti o n a nd ca r e o f th e hum a n b ody in h ea lth a nd di sease, a nd th e h ar mful effec t s of s t i mul a nt s a nd n arcotics

2 15. F i rs t A id . 3 hr. Ea c h se m es t e r a n d sum me r. A m e ri ca n R ed Cross l' ir st A id co ur se a nd Me di ca l Se lf He lp cou r se

30 9

Organi zation and Administration of Prog rams in Physi c a l Edu c ati o n and R ec re a ti o n. 2 h r. P ir st se m este r. Con s ide r atio n of genera l prin c i p les o f ad mini str a ti ve t ec hniqu es a nd r es p o n s ibiliti es as r e la t e d t o fi e ld s of Phys ica l E du ca tio n a n µ R ecrea ti o n . Th e fo ll ow in g aspec t s will be co nsid e r e d : bud get, lega l probl e m s, phy s ica l fac iliti es, ca r e o f e qui p m e nt, a nd p rog r am d eve lo pm e nt.

3 10 Phy si ca l E du c ation in th e Prim a ry Grad es 2 h r. F ir st semes t e r. T h e se lec ti o n a nd or ga ni zat io n of mate ri a ls a nd tec hniqu es o f in s tru c ti o n fo r th e p r im a r y g r a d es .

'.
-
83

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

311. Physical Ed u ca tion in the Inter mediate Grades. 2 hr. Se co nd Semester. The selection and organization of materi als and te c hniqu es of in s trn c tion in the int e rm ediat e gra de s.

312 Kinesiology and Anatomy 3 hr. First se mester. Study of b ones, body movement s, muscl e actio n • a nd joint m ec h a nics in r e lation to P .E. activities; com mon postural d efec t s _ and joint injuri es

350. Ind e pendent Study in Physi ca l Edu ca tion. 1 t o · 3 hr s. Arrang e d. An in-depth st ud y of an iss u e se lecte d by the st ud e nt. Mu st b e approve d b y d epa rtm ent c h a irman .

410. Health Programs. 2 hr. Seco nd Se mes t er. Required for area of co n ce ntrati o n in Ph ys ica l Ed ucat ion. Pr er eq ui sit e : P. E. 205. A study of the stru ctur e and functions o f th e va riou s hea lth age n c ies at th e nat ion a l , state, and loca l leve ls.

416. Tests and Measurements in Physical Education . 2 hr. f'ir st se m ester. A study is m ad e of th e var iou s tests and m eas ur e me nt s in the fie ld of physi ca l edu ca tion. Tes ts in c lud e sk ill, knowl e dge, motor ability and ph ys ica l fitn ess

417. Corrective and Adapt e d Physical Ed u cation. 2 hr. Sec ond se mester. An

ov e rview of co rr ec tiv e and preventive ph ys ica l educati o n in re lation to the

w h o le pro g ra m. Co nsid erati o n of adaptations n ecess ar y to pro vi d e satisfyin g a nd effec tiv e p rogra m s. Includ es ex amin at ion s an d prescrip tion s of exerc ise.

419. The Organi za tion a nd Administration of Phy sical Fitn e ss Programs. 3 hr.

Summ er. To provide 'O ri e nt a ti o n in th e phil oso phy and sk ill s required for th e deve lop ment of phy sica l fitness pro grams

420. Special Me thods in Physi ca l Ed u cation. 2 h r. Prer equi site : Se nior stand -

in g a nd adm is sion t o teac her ed u cat io n. An analysis o f th e techniques us e d today in th e t ea c hin g of h ea lth a nd ph ys ical e du ca tion. The use of ed u ca tional me dia , th e formation of objectives, and th e d eve lopment of the c urri c ulum are studi e d.

425. Current Problems in Physical Education. 1 hr. Eac h semester. Discussion • a nd reporting of cur r e nt iss u es in th e area of physica l e du ca ti o n

426. Physical Educatio n for the Exceptional Child . 3 hr. General surv ey of th e exce pti o n a l child, hyp era c tiv e, mentally r e tard e d, p h ysica ll y handi-

cap pe d, and th e d eve lopm e nt of a c urri c ulum of adapted ' phy sica l ac ti vitie s ga mes, sp o rt s, and rh y thm s t o e nh a n ce learnin g a·biliti es.

(Men)

90. Varsity Sports . 1 hr. Requir es successfu l parti c ipati on in a varsity sport. (Four hour s ,11;axim um allo we d to co unt for d egre e cr ed it.)

101. Physical Ed u cation for Men . 1 hr. F ir s t se mes ter. Two hour s a tt e nd a n ce r e quir e d. Uniform required. Activities: archery, badminton, and wrestling.

102 Physical Education for Men. 1 hr. Se c ond se me st er. Two hour s atte ndan ce re quir ed. Uniform re quir e d. Ac tivities: tumbling, weight training, and golf.

I
I
-
11
I
84 I I I

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

207a. Theory of Football. 2 hr. First semester. Two hours class attendance.

207b Theory of Basketball. 2 hr. First semester. ;rwo hour s c lass attendance

207c . Theory of Track. 2 hr. Second semester. Two hours c lass attendance.

207d. Theory of Baseball. 2 hr. Second semester. Two hours class attendance.

216 . Minor Sports I. 2 hr. F irst semester. Three hours a ttendan ce required . A study of the history, strategy, and techniqu es involved in archery, badminton, and wrestling .

217.

300.

Minor Sports II 2 hr. Second se mester. Three hour s atte ndan ce required. A study of the hi story, s trat egy, a nd techniques involv e d in tumbling , weight training, and go lf.

Prevention and Treatment of Athletic Injuries. 2 hr. Second semester. Nature and ca us es of injuri es incident to the phy sica l activities of children and athletes. Infections, their care and prevention: first-aid treatment for hemorrhages, bruises, strains, sprains, dislocation s, fractures and use of protective equipment.

Principles of Officiating. 3 hr. First semester. Two hour s class attendance, two hours of lab. Officiating technique s in football and basketball. Study of rule s. Each stude nt re quired to register with the State Activity Association.

400 . Advanced Techniques in Physical Education for Men I. 1 hr. First semester. Prerequi sit e: P. E 216. Required of all men with areas of concentration in Phy sica l Education. A practicum involving laboratory ex perien ces in P.E 101.

401. Advanced Techniques in Physical Education for Men II. 1 hr. Second semester. Pr ereq uisite: P.E . 217. Required of all men with areas of concentration in Physic a l Education. A practicum involving laboratory experiences in P.E . 102 .

418. Administration of Interschool Athletics. 2 hr. Se cond semester. Includes a history of th e development of athletic programs, a study of various national and state athletic organizations, the role of athletics in education and the responsibilities of th e a thl e tic dire ctor.

(Women)

3. Modern Dance. 1 hr. Second se me ste r. Two hour s attendance. Fundam e nt a l rhythm ic techniqu es and their application in crea tive dance

5 . Body Mechanics . 1 hr. First semester. Two hours at ten dance. Tumbling, apparatus, tramp ol ine, and posture. Emphasis on e ffici e nt use of body in all movements.

103. Physical Education for Women I. 1 hr. First semester. Two hours attendance required Activities: badminton , archery, and gymnastics.

104. Physical Education for Women II. 1 hr. Se cond semeste r. Two hours attendance required. Activities: basketball, voll eyba ll, and golf.

218. Basic Skills for Women I. 2 hr. First semester. Three hours of attendance required. A study of the history, strategy a nd te chnique s involved in badminton , archery, and gymnastics.

85

EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

219. Basic Skills for Wo men II. 2 hr. Second semeste r. Three hours of att e ndan ce required. A study of the history , s trat egy and te chniqu es involv ed in ba sket b a ll , volleyball and golf.

402. Advanc e d Techniques in Physical Education for Women I. 1 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: P.E. 218. Requir e d o f a ll women w ith a reas o f concentration in Phy sic a l E ducation A practicum inv o lvin g la boratory experie nces in P.E. 10 3.

403 . Advanced Techniques in Physical Education for Wom e n II. 1 hr. Second se m es t er. Pr ereq ui sit e: P. E 219 Requir e d of all women with a r eas of concentration in Phy sica l E duc a tion A pra c ti c um inv o lving laborator y experi e nc es in P .E. 104.

RECREATION

Courses of Instruction

Rec. 220. Recreation Lead e rship. 2 hr. First se m es t e r. Hist o ry, th eo ry and philo sop h y of re creation. The eva luation of the r ecreat io n m ove m e nt and it s place in a n age of l e isur e . Pra ct ica l techniques of leade r ship for lo w organization activi ti es.

221. · Outdoor Re c reation. 2 hr. Second se m este r. E mph asis plac e d on bas ic sk ill s r e lat e d t o ca mpin g and o th er outdoor activi ti es

315 Community R ec r ea tion. 2 hr. Second se m es t e r. T he theory a nd sig nifica n ce of recr ea tion. Int e rpr etation of fun c ti o n s, objectives, prog ra m co nt ent, and operationa l t ec hniqu es in comm unit y r ecrea ti o n .

316 . Youth Organiz a tion . •2 hr. Sec ond se m es t er. Imp o rt ant yo uth organizations are studied in detail. Theories of organization a r e revi ewed. History, prin c ipl es a nd purposes of th e major y o uth se rvi ce organizations with e mpha sis o n leadership t ec hniqu es and programming. Rese arch is a r e quir e m e n t.

317 : Social Recreation. 2 hr. Fir st se m ester. Theories a nd pra c tic es of variou s t y pes of recr eati o n programs a re di sc u ssed. Progra m s for va rio u s socia l events a nd gat h er in gs are dev e lop e d e mph as izi ng fun c tion s o f planning , pro gra m d eve lop m e nt , a nd impl e m e nt a tion. Resear c h is a r e quir e ment .

318. Industri a l Rec r ea ti o n. 2 hr. Second se mes ter. A n insight into philosophi es of indu stry re lati ve to r ec r ea ti o n. A stud y of th e r ecreat ional prog ra m s c urr e ntl y used in indu stry. Dir ec t study o f a r ea indu str ia l r ec r ea ti o na l programs is provided

320. Camping. 2 hr. Introdu ces students to th e th eo ry and practice of camping. Camp obj ec tiv es, organization, a dmini stration, lea dership, and

I I I I program d eve lop me nt will be considered. Lab oratory work will includ e II d eve lopm e nt o f ca mpin g skills such as coo k ery, ca mpfir e activities, map and compass · work. Ma in so ur ce of ma t e ri a l will b e published by Am er ica n Camp in g :A.ssociation.

405. Seminar. 1 hr. Spec ia l ass ig nm e nt s made b y th e in st ru c t or re lativ e t o II new a r eas in r ec r ea ti o n Resea r c h a r eq uir e m e nt

406. · Recreation Research. 1-3 hr. Prerequi sit e P. E. 405. Inv es ti ga tion of lega l, financial, personnel, public r e la tions , politi cal a nd philosophical problems

I
I I
86 I

E DUCATION AND PHYSI CA L E DU C ATION

of ma nage m e nt of federal, s tat e and l oca l gove rnm e nt ag e n c ies in th e fie ld of recreat io n. D isc u ss io n and case st ud y ap pro ac h wi ll b e utili ze d. S c h o lar l y r ese a rc h a req uir e me nt

460. R ec reation Int ernship 8 hr. Pr e r e qui sit es: a ll re quir e d R ec. co m sc s. A prac ti ca l app li ca tion of th e princip les of r ec r ea ti o n T h e int e rn s hip will be offe r e d durin g th e su mm e r. Stud e nt s will be pla ce d in publi c o r ind u s trial r ec r ea ti o n program s t o work with leaders, direc t ors and superv isors in th e fi e ld.

87

School of Humanities

CLYDE BARRETT, DEAN OF SCHOOL

Department Chairmen

Faye Brandt, Library Science

Gavin L. Doughty, Fine Arts

George Schottenhamel, History and Social Science

Everett Browning

Edward G. Camealy

Sharon Gentry

John Hahn

Wreathea Hicks

Paul Kruse

James D. Levitt

·

Patricia A. Manley

William Miles

Roger Salmela

Leland Sherwood

William Snyder

Silas Summers

Gilbert E. Wilson

Mary Ru th Wilson

The School of Humanities includes the Department of Fine Arts , the Department of History and Social Science , the D e partment of Language Arts , and Library Science .

The history, theory, and practice of art and music are the concerns of the Department of Fine Arts.

The Department of Fine Arts endeavors to d eve lop active participation in creative pursuits, which in turn will dev e lop sensitivity and concern for human values, and · inter est in understanding intellectual, spiritual, and aesthetic ideals ''

Concentrations for the A.B. in Education Degre e and tl11~ Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree are offered in Art and Music.

ART

Courses in Art are designed to:

1. Give the student fundam ep tal knowledge of the history and theory of Art.

2. Give adequate expe ri e nc es in studio techniques to insure some competency in drawing, painting, design, sculpture, ceramics, crafts, and printmaking.

3. Give knowledge of the present-day curriculum and the objectives for tea ching in elementary and secondary schools. Methods and techniques for obtaining these objectives are stressed.

4. Give the undergraduate students a background for study on the graduate level.

Required Art 101 203 300 311 Requirements for Field of Concentration Hours Drawing I . ... . ... . ...... . . . . .. . . . .... . ... ......... 3 Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ceramics , , , 3 Painting I , . . . . . . . 3 Total hours' 12 Elect nine hours from the following: Art 102 Drawing II 111 Lettering 210 Watercolor 312 Painting II Total hours 88 3 3 3 3 9 I I

Art

Hours Req uir ed for B.F. A . Degr ee. t /:. )( h. lo r r

Course s of Inst ru ction

lO 1. Drawing I. 3 hr. Eac h se m es t e r. Lands cap e, s till li fe and per spectiv e composition study usin g a vari e ty of drawing me di a.

102. Drawing II. 3 hr. Co ntinu a tion of Draw i ng I wi th e mpha sis on fig ur e drawing and improvin g of t ec hniques

103 . ,t\:rt lt1tr0th1 e ti 0 n . 3 h r. F irs t se m e st er. A b as ic study o f t h e fund a me nt a ls of art w it h e mph as is pl ace d o n b o th th eo r y and prac ti ce of art e le m e nt s

111. Lettering 3 hr. Eac h se m es t e r. Singl e stro ke, Ro ma n a nd ma nu script alpha be t s, poste r d es ign a nd c o lo r' study , co mm ercia l t ec hniqu es. ·

203. Desig n I. 3 hr. F ir s t se m es t e r. Ex plorin g th e u se of lin e , fo rm a nd co lo r with e mph as is o n co lo r th eo ry

204 Design II. 3 h r. Seco n d se m es t e r. A stud y of t hr ee d im e n sio n a l d es ign usin g a va ri e t y o f m edi a .

2 I 0. Water Color Pa inting. 3 hr. Sec ond se mes t er. Pr er e qui sit es : Art 101, 102 , 203 and con se nt o f in stru c tor. Compositi o n s in co lo r, u sing o paqu e and transpare nt wa te r co lor.

2 21. Print Makin g. 1 h r. Seco nd se m es t er. Histor y of th e gra phi c art s o f blo c k printing , etc hin g, li t h og raphy and silk sc r ee n print i n g. R ea din g on th e techniqu es of e ac h process fo ll owe d by th e ma kin g o f p rints in thr ee or m o re of th e me th o d s.

300 Ceramics. 3 hr. Seco nd se mes t e r. E x p eri e n ces in co il , slab, a nd thro w n proj ec t s. Incl u d e s a b as ic stud y of gla ze pre p ara ti o n an d cl a y a n al ys is.

305. Meth ods an d S upervi sion . 2 hr. Second Se mes t er. Prer e qui sites : Art 101 , 1 03 , a nd 203 o r 204 Study of relation of art e du ca ti o n to other sc hool subj ec t s; meth o d s fo r t eac hing drawing a nd cra f t s in th e gra d e s and the p lanning of a rt lesso n s.

306. Ar t Appreciati o n. 2 hr. Eac h se m ester. Plann e d t o giv e som e st a ndards of m e asur e m ent fo r a rt. Study of a r t principles in co nn ectio n with craft s, painting , sc ulptur e a nd ar c hit ec ture.

308. Art Exploration . 3 hr. A surv e y of the hi story and philo so ph y o f a rt in th e e le m e nt a ry sch oo l. Proj ec t s a re d es ign ed t o h e lp th e elem e nt a r y te ac h e r b eco m e fa mili a r with c ont e mpora r y m e di a a nd me thod s

310. Sculpture 3 hr. Pr ere qui sites: Art 20 3 a nd 300 E xpe ri e n ces in three dim e nsio n a l fo rm u sin g a va ri e ty of m a t eri a ls su ch as cl ay, wo od and ston e

HUMANITIES Dea -elve ho ur
the
Hours Art .' 204 Design II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 0 8 Art E xplo ra t ion , , . 3 310 Sculptur e . . . . 3 3 17 Art Hi story I . 3 3 18 Art Hi story II 3 Total hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 To
.. ... . . . . . . .. . .. . ..... . . . ... . . . . . .. 33
s from
following:
Hours fo r F ie ld of Con ce nt ra tion
- -
89

HUMANITIES

31 I. Painting I. 3 lu . Fir s t se m es t e r. Pr e r e qui sit es: Art l 01, 203 . A stud y o f

t e chniqu es a nd m e di a u se d in painting Studio a c tiviti es a r e d e ve lo p e d from stud e nt r esea rch in a t leas t tlu ee st y l es o f paintin g Medi a e mpha s ize d ar e acr y li c and /o r oil.

312. Pa inting II. 3 hr. By a rr a n ge ment. Pr er e qui s it es: Art l 0 1, 20 3, a nd 3 11.

317. 318

Pa intin g still li fe, fi g ur e and land sca pe co m p o s iti o n s, u sin g se ve ral

diff er e nt oil t ec hniqu es

Art History I. 3 hr. Fir s t se m es t e r. A s tud y o f paintin g, sc ulpture, arc hit ec tur e a nd minor art s fr o m an c ie nt t im es throu g h th e R e n a i ss an ce.

Art History II. 3 hr. S eco nd se m es t e r. A s tud y o f e ig ht ee nth, nin e t ee nth a nd tw e nti e th ce ntur y a rt in th e wes t e rn wo rld

~ 400. Studio Activiti e s 1-6 hr s Su gges t e d fo r a dvan ce d art stud e nt s w a ntin g t o ga in a dditi o n a l co mp e t e n ce in a pa rti c ul a r a r ea Th e stud e nt m ay c h o o se to do a ddition a l w o r k in hi s' area of int e r es t.

MUSIC

Co ur ses in Mu s ic a r e d es ig n e d to:

l. Giv e th e st ud e nt fund a m e ntal kn ow le d ge o f th e hi s tory a nd th eo r y o f mu s ic.

2. G ive a d e qu a t e kn o wl e d ge o f th e litera tur e o f th e ar eas in w hi c h th e r e i s s tud e nt int e r es t.

3. G ive th o r o,\1Jlh A ra inin g in o n e i n s trum e nt o r vo ice, as ev id e n ce d b y th e a bilit y t o g ive a se ni o r rec i ta l.

4 . 5. 6

Gi ve tr a inin g in seco ndar y in s trum e nt s in pre parati o n fo r t e ac h in g e nd orsem e nt.

G iv e k n o wl e d ge o f th e •p rese nt-d ay mu sic c urri c ula and o f the obj ec ti ves fo r t eac hin g in e le m e nt a r y and seco ndar y sc h oo ls, a lon g with th e m e th o d s a nd t ec hniq ues for a tt a inin g th ese o bj ec ti ves

G i ve th e und e r gra du a t e s tud e nt b ac k gro und fo r stud y o n th e g raduat e leve l.

R e quirements for F ie ld of Con ce ntration

II/ I I
Musi c Hrs . I Hrs . 2 101 Th eo r y •. 5 5 102 Th eo r y . • • 5 5 2 05 E le m e nt a r y Mu s ic Mat e ri a ls . 2 2 20 6 Sec ond a ry Mu s ic Ma t e ri a ls 2 2 20 8 Cl ass S t rin gs . . ... . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . ... .... ... . .. .... . .. 2 2 30 1 Co unt e rp o int 2 2 304 Wo od w ind s . 2 2 3 0 5 Brass a nd Pe r c u ss io n 3 3 307 For m a nd Co mp os iti o n • •. • ..• 2 2 404 In st rum e nt a l a nd C h or al Co ndu c tin g . 3 3 4 0 5 Hi s t o r y of Mu s ic 3 3 40 6 Hi s t o r y o f Mu s ic • .•. .•.. • ..• 3 3 I I I I I I 40 8 In s trum e nt a ti o n • • • • • • • • • · • • • · · · · · 2 2 I 40 9 Se ni o r R ec it a l ' . :, . ·.. . . •. . . ... . . . ..... . .... . . . . .. . .. .. .. . ... . .. l 2 Ap p li e d Mu si c . . . ; .. . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 2 . 16 E n se mbl e : · , .Lu .,_.,'4./,i,.,r 19 Choru s 1 G- ch~~-e. .... r• ' " ((3~} ?--' 21 C o n cert Wind E n se mbl ej ' ,_J.,.,., ,re,.,(J/,i'l'lj s-X-1 d\. · 2 8 C h o ral E n se mbl e L /..,r '1' 29 In s trum e nt a l E n se mbl e J /?a,.v ''1' ~-P""L• E lecti ves T ot a l hour s .... .. . . . . ... . . . ... . . . ... ... .... . . .. .. ... .. .. .. . 49 90 4 58 I I

HUMANITIES

E lec tive s: Music 302, 407, 440.

l. Requirements for th e A.B. in Educat ion degree.

2 Requirements for the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Education degr ee. , 1o te : All students who elect music as their field of•concentrat i on are required to be e nroll ed in one or mor e of the ensemb le groups each semester. Two hour s of appli e d stri ngs may be sub'stiluted for class st rin gs.

:\'lus ic students ar e requir e d to attend recitals and concerts as a partial fulfillment of the g raduation r e quirement.

Mus ic s tudents work in g toward the B.A. degree in Education a r e re quir ed to give l leas t o n e half of a reci t al. Music major s working tow a rd th e Bache l or of Fine Arts _ ee in Edu c ation are required to give a full recital.

A max imum of ei ght hour s of cred it in ensemb les may be applied toward dua tio n in a ll fields of concentration except music.

App lied Music. 1-2 hr. Each semester. Private instruction in voic e, piano, organ, strings, ood ,,~ nd s, brass and percussion. There is no charg e for privat e lesso n s to students 1rilhi n the department. Those ·o ut s id e the department may regist e r for lessons at the ra te as indicated in the rinancial Section. Music students are req uir ed to show a rofic ie ncy in piano to me e t the demands of th eir c lassroom activiti es. At least one m te r o f private · voice instruction is required of majors.

Courses of Instruction

Chorus. 1 hr. Eac h semester. Daily. Open to a ll co ll ege stud en ts wit h consent of th e in s tru c tor. Pe rformance and study of re pr ese ntative choral works of a ll pe riod s .,,,.:,(J=u,.,:..' 13..,..,J t,t-1<)

• Concert Wind Ensemb l e.' 1 hr. Each semester. Tlue e h ours attendance. This or gani zation is primarily a concert organi zation. During the year , concerts are pr ese nt e d both on and off-campus.

Choral Ensemble. 1 hr. Each semester. A select me mbership for the study an d performanc e of chora l works for small groups

Instrumental Ensemble. (Stage and Pep Band.) 1 Ju. Eac h semester. This organization functions primarily as a Pep Band and for the performance and the study of popular music.

Fundamentals of Music. 3 hr. The rudim e nt s of mu sic, includin g letter and sy ll ab le nam es of n o t es, time valu es of not e s and rest s, time and key signatur es, c hromati cs, in terva ls, chords, keyboa rd ex peri e nc e and the writing of or iginal melodi es .

ll1eory. 5 hr. An integ rated course whi c h includ es sca les, interval s, harmoni c progr ess ions , modality , modu latio n , seventh c ho.rcls, figured ba ss, ea r training a nd s ight s ingin g.

Theory. 5 hr. Prerequisit e : Mu s.ic 101. Irr eg ular reso lu tions, diminished se ve nths , secondary dominants , ninth, e leve nth and thirt ee nth chords, a lt ered chords, chromat ic harmony a nd creative work

Class Piano . 1 hr. Each semester. Limit e d to students h aving no prior st udy of the piano. De velopment of ability to read musi c and to play pi eces and song s.

Class Voice. 1 hr. Each semester. Tone produ ct ion, pla ce me nt , group and individual performan ce of songs req uirin g basi c te c hniqu e

Piano, voice, woodwind, brass , string, percussion, and organ. In strume nt study on the freshman le vel. May be r epeated. · ·

205. Elementary Music Materials. 2 hr. Study of rea ding, children' s music li terature, tonal and rhythmic problems.

w-
Josic 19. 21. 28 . 29. JOO IOI. l02. 107. 108. i-20.
91

HUMANITIES

Secondary Music Materials. 2 hr. Vocal and instrumental problems of secondary schools, methods and materials

Class Strings. 2 hr. Alternate years. Basic study of the violin, viola, violoncello and string bass.

Piano, voice, woodwind, brass, string, percussion, and organ. Instrument study on the sophomore level. May be repeated.

Counterpoint. 2 hr. Two and three part eighteenth century style, descant and invention.

Advanced Counterpoint. 2 hr. Canon and fugue, creative work.

Woodwinds. 2 hr. Second semester, alternate years. A study of woodwind instruments, with actual playing experience.

Brass and Percussion. 3 hr. Second semester, alternate years. A study of brass and percussion instruments with actual playing experience.

Form and Composition. 2 hr. First semester, alternate years. Prerequisites: Theory 101, 102, 203, 204. Analytical study of the different forms and styles in music and their application in composition.

Music Appreciation. 2 hr. Each semester. Various forms and styles of music, ranging from folk song to opera, oratorio and symphony, analyzed and discussed through the use of records. This course requires reference reading and record listening .

Piano, voice, woodwind, brass, string, percussion, and organ. Instrument study on the junior level. May be repeated.

Instrumental and Choral Conducting. 3 hr. Knowledge of baton techniques, reading and interpretation of instrumental scores, choral problems of intonation, tone quality, and balance, and knowledge of the periods of music as they• relate to choral music.

405. History of Music. 3 hr. First semester. The development of music from antiquity to the present, with stylistic analysis of music examples. Extends to the Classical Period

406. History of Music. 3 hr. Second semester, alternate years. From the Classical Period to the present time.

407. Advanced Composition. 2 hr. Second semester, alternate years. The writing of original compositions, both vocal and instrumental. Arranging for band and orchestra.

408. Instrumentation. 2 hr First semester, alternate years. Practical scoring for band and orchestra. Required of candidates for the A B. in Education Degree in Music

409. Senior Recital. 1-2 hr. A thirty minute public recital is required for the Bachelor of Arts in Education, and a full recital is required for the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Education.

420. Piano, voice, woodwind, brass, string, percussion, and organ. In s trument study on the senior level. May be repeated.

440. Marching Band Techniques. 2 hr. First semester. Techniques and problems, planning shows and other public appearances.

;i ,, c,.. ]' ri ?I '\
206. 208. 220. 301. 302. 304. ~ 305. 307. 311. 320. 404.

HUMANITIES

FINE ARTS

0. Aes thetics. 3 hr. A philosophic approach to the fine arts , intended to deve lop an understanding of the theory and nature of art, and to seek its fun damental purpose and meaning in the various forms.

HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE

The Department of History and Social Science offers co urs es in the following : eco nomics, history , philosophy, political science, and correlated courses in areas. T h e offerings in this department are designed to meet requirements for · _ socia l stud ies in the elementary and secondary schools prescribed by the State

• ' ebraska a nd th e North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools; to _ · e as broa d and meaningful a program as possible to meet the needs of the crlnidual a nd society; to create a better und erstan ding of the needs , aspirations, and ;:aoblem s of a ll people and societies; to develop skills, techniques, and co nstru ct ive critical ab ility which will better enable the individual to cope with his world; to te t h e r es pective social science disciplines; and to promote sound scholarship, unjty leadership, useful citizenship, and respect for the democratic way of life.

Fields of concentrat ion for the A.B. or B.S . in Education or A .B. degrees are offered in History and Social Science (geography is offered in another department). tate College offers only a single endorsement in history if the student elects ry as his field of concentration. If a student wishes more than one endorsement in • e Socia l S c iences from Peru State, he must take the Social Science concentration. t;ruler t hi s latter program the College will endorse him in Social Science (45 hours),

· ry ( 24 hours), econom ics (15 hours), sociology (15 hours) , and geography (15 ) A prospec tive teacher could be endorsed in all of these areas by Peru St<J,te. It YiUul d mea n that the student would have to take several more hours than is required ,or grad ua tion (125) since there are general requirements.

Stu d e nts who intend to enter a Graduate School of Social Work or the Welfare field a case worker in the State Department of Assistance and Child We an to

eat least 40 semester hours in social and biologica c ences.

c.,.,._..,.,. Co ur se s in History are designed to: f"' .·,:; f 'I- G~ c'I' f, ·..NL •

1. Give an insight into man's ac hievements and failures w a 1011 tot e c ontemporary world.

2.

3.

4.

Deve lop critical thinking which enables one to research, process and analy ze historical data.

Give adequate subject matt e r, background for teaching and an understanding of the effective techniques in teaching

Give an adequate background for graduate study.

0

Requirements for Field of Concentration H fell -f'-"_, L ,2,, ours · ,,, ,\--J J,

History of the United ~tates or ':Vorld Civilization in addi-

Twentieth

History: of£o lonial: ¾atin -fl inerica :

J
J=~r "if'/?'•tJ
""'..e.s . ., r~"
t
I/ · R ct
V-fe.:..di-j F'' r -f"'.,,. /J/-<1,',r
HISTORY see, () J:
l~J,v.r
L 11., w, t/ tJon to Genera} Education Requuements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 J I"-llist. 311 ~J2 326e
English History Sinci; 1688 .- 2
Centu rf"Ru ~sif ' . ..... :I'< ¥' ; 3
l c:---, 93
3

Courses of Instruction

113. Hist ory of the U.S. to 1865 3 hr. Fir s t semeste r. Di sco very and exp loration, co lon iza tion, the Revolution and th e U S a nd its p rob lems until th e e nd of the Civil War.

114. History of the U.S since 1865. 3 hr. Seco nd se m este r. R ec on s tru c ti o n, th e last fronti ers, th e ri se of big busin es s, imperi a li sm a nd th e rol e of th e U.S . in tw o World Wars a n d th eir aft ermat h s.

201. World Civilization to 1500 . 3 h r. F ir s t se m es te r. Th e c ultural a nd politi ca l growth of man fro m pre hi s t ori c tim es to A.D. 1500.

202 World Civilization since 1500. 3 hr. S eco nd se m es ter. Th e ri se of European civi li za tion from the R efo rm a ti on and th e di scove r y of th e New Wo rld to th e present da y

311. English Hi s tory sipce 1688. 2 hr. E n gland from th e es t ab li shm e nt of pa rli a m e nt a r y supr e m ac y to m od e rn tim es.

312 . Twentieth Century Russia. 3 hr. The d e velopment of th e Uni o n of Sovi e t Soc ia li s t R e publi cs a nd its fo rei gn re latio n s.

325. Th e American Frontier. 3 hr. Th e i mp ortance of th e fronti e r in American hi story fr o m co lon ia l tim es to th e 2 0th Ce ntu ry.

326. History of Colonial Latin America. 3 hr. Di scove r y, exp lo ration and coloni z ation of Latin Am erica, w ith e mph asis up o n it s in st i tu ti ons and cultur e and the event s lea din g t o it s wars of i nd e p e nden ce.

327 . History of Ind e p endent Latin America. 3 hr. T h e e voluti o n of the s t ates of mod ern La tin A meri ca following th eir ind e p e nd e n ce, the ir politi ca l and eco nomi c d evelopme nt and th eir intern at ional relations

402. Methods in Hi s tory and Social Science 2 Ju. Se cond se m ester. Instru ction in th e method s of t eac hing high school hi st ory and soc ia l scie n ces.

407. Nineteenth Ce ntury E urope. 2 h r. F rom th e Co ngress of Vi e nn a to th e a li gn m ~nt of powers that prefac e d Wor ld War I , with e mph as is up on th e form a tioi1 of th e German E mpir e a nd the unifi cation of It a ly.

420G American , Coloni al Hi s tory. 3 hr. Colonial ri valry between the Spanish , Frenc h, Eng li sh and Dut c h in No rth America; th e R evo luti on, and U.S . hi story t o 1823

421G. The United St a tes in the Nineteenth Century. 3 hr. Th e U.S. from 1823 throt;gh Manifest De s tiny and th e Civil War down to th e War with Spain.

HUMANITIES I-li s t. 327 407 420G 421G 422G 459 4 6 0 Hi s t ory of Ind e p e nd ent La tin Am er ica 3 Hi s t ory of 19th Ce ntur y Euro p e 2 American Co loni al Hi story ... . . .. .. ... . .. . . ... . . . 3 Th e Unit e d Stat es in th e 19th Ce ntury ........... . .. 3 Th e Unit e d St a t es in the 20th Ce n t ury ... .... . .. . . . . 3 A Co n stitution a l Hi sto ry of the United States 3 Hi sto ry of th e Fa r East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tot al hour s . . .. . ... . ... . ... ..... .. .. . . . . .... _,34"' qt)
94 I I I
I
I I I I I I I I I

HUMANITIES

422G The United States in the Twentieth Century 3 hr. The U.S. in modern tim es, w ith empha sis upon th e ch angin g soc ial and eco nomi c th eo rie s of the p eriod, and th e internal for ces t}rnt influ e n ce d it s devlopment.

459 . A Constitutional History of the United States. 3 hr. Th e growth and dev e lopment of America under the Con stit ution .

46 0. History of the Far East. 3 hr. Survey of the hi story of Japan and China to 1842, followed by a more d e tailed analysis of the history of the two co untries since that dat e , with emphasis upon the importance of th e ir international relations.

47 0. lnde.1'e11dent Study in History. 1 to 3 hr. Pr erequi s it e: junior or se nior stanc1/ng-, with adequate preparation in th e field and instructor ' s permis sion. Individual instru ct ion in the techniqu es of hi storical r es ear c h , with either extensive reading s and r e ports or a term pa p er r e quir e d. Recom • mend e d for students cont e mplating graduate work in history.

\ SOCIAL SCIENCJ". )

Co urses in Social Science are design e d to:

l. 2. 3 .

Give the b as ic knowl e dg e and ba ckgro1111d of our political, ec ono1 institu ti ons.

Provide th e ba c kgro und and skill ne cess ary for tea ching Pro vid e th e pr e re quisit es for entry int o spe ciali zed fie ld s.

~;-,,------- f p.,,,,. s~.a- ;:1.;rrr-4r /tjo 1• 111'»--
rndwd a l \ .,.a-; Iv Requirements for Field of Concentration I ,ti; V\ ~t.J Hours } }c \ ?'" Hi st. 327 422G Ec on. 220 221 333 Geog. 101 / 0 3.lB'2' Soc. 201 300 Phil. 201 301 Govt. 201 202 History of th e United Stat es or World C1V1ltzat10n + 11 in add!tion to General Educat10n R equir e ment s 6 History of Ind e p e nd ent Latin Am erica 3 The Unit e d Stat es in the Twentiet h Century . . . 3 Prin cipl es of Econom ics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Prin cipl es of Economics 3 E conomic History of th e United State s . 3 Prin c ipl es of GeographyC . ·; f 1 ·,:,:,· • • • 3 E~t'Ht?n~is Cesgr~.r,fly 4:-(. : . '!--(f..l: . .v:J fl!;C:J 3 Pnn c1ples of Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Contemporary So cia l Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Introduction to Philosophy 3 Philosophy a nd History of World Religions 3 Am e ri ca n Na tional Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Am e ri can State and Loc al Gov e rnm e nt . . . . . . . . 3 Total hour s / 4?' ECONOMICS . .{ / Co u'r ses in Eco nomi cs a re de signe d to: l. De monstrate and examine how soci e ty produc es, distribute s and consumes good s and services. 2. D e velop knowl e dg e a nd und e rstanding of eco nomic principl es applied to p e rso nal li fe. 95

HUMANITIES

3. Provide background which might be used in teaching or other fields.

Econ.

Courses of Instruction

220. Principles of Economics. 3 hr. First semester. Elementary concepts with emphasis on money, banking, savings, insurance, production, distribution, taxation, value, price, capital and labor. Practical application of these principles to the problems confronting the American citizen today.

221. Principles of Economics. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Economics 220 . Consideration of wages, interest, rent and profits; personal distribution of income; consumption; monopolies; agriculture; government taxation and expenditures; international trade; and comparative economic systems.

222. Contemporary Economic Problems. 3 hr. Second se1nester. Prerequisites: Economics 220 and 221. Analysis of major economic problems relating to wage and income distribution, money and credit, business cycles, domestic and international trade and tariffs.

333. Economic History of United States. 3 hr. U. S. economic history from colonial times to the present.

350. Public Finance. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisites: Econ. 220 and 221. A critical analysis of the capitalistic economic systems followed by a survey and critical analysis of socialism and communism. Special emphasis is given to the theories upon which each is based and the method of solving economic problems .

375 Labor and Industrial Relations. 3 hr. Prerequisites: Econ. 220 and 221.

Labor, management and government as they are interrelated involv,ing collective bargaining, labor laws and wage theories.

470G.

Special Problems in Economics. 1-4 Hr. Prerequisites: Econ 220 and 221. Designed to provide an opportunity for a student to do advanced independent study in economics based upon his individual needs and· interests.

/tDD GOVERNMENT

Courses in Government are designed to:

1. Train the student for intelligent citi zenship:

a) give the student an intelligent interest in government, and

b) stimulate the student's desire to participate in the process of government.

2 Provide a sound kr,10wledge of political institutions at home and abroad.

3. Explain the causes of international conflicts and tensions.

4. Throw light on political ideas and political action in order that the government of man may be improved.

5. Provide background for teaching when supported with other Social Sciences.

I I I I I I II I II I I

\ .:
96 I

HUMANITIES

Courses of Instruction

201. American National Government. 3 , hr. Ea9h semester. The government of the United States, its origins, philosophy, aims and powers.

202. American State and Local Government. 3 hr. Second semester. The nat u re and extent of government of the state and lo cal levels and its contr ibutio ns to the political li fe of the nation.

301. Comparative Government. 3 hr. First semester. A comparison and analysis of political systems and institutions of the major countries.

401. Research Topics in Government. 1 to 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisites: junior or senior standi ng , with adequate preparation in government and history, and the instructor's permission. Individual research into a chosen aspect of government or political theory with either extensive readings and reports or a term paper required.

SOCIOLOGY Objectives

Courses in Sociology are designed to:

1. Provide an understanding of the interrelationship between society, culture and personality.

2. Give an understanding of the scientific attitude and methods of socio lo gica l research.

3. Provide an understanding of self and to adjust to the environment.

4. Give background for teaching and other closely related fie ld s. 201.

,..SgGial-Seienee:--3 hr. First semester. An integrated survey course in the social sciences d es igned to stimulate the student's ability to interpret the interrelated problems confronting American institutions and to arrive at his own reasoned conclusions. The history of culture, socia l change, human right s, the un equal rates of change in tec hnol ogy, in economic life, in family life, in education, in religion, etc , are ana lyzed.

Seeial Science. "'.3 hr. Second semester. Objectives are the same as Social Science 103. Careful scrutiny is mad e of the changing functions of our institutions as joint interdep e ndent activities. Emphasis is placed on the modern economic order and international relations with their numerous topical subdivisions.

Principles of Sociology. 3 hr. First semester. Culture and its relations to specific social problems The socia l institu tions of American life in relation to population changes, ethni c groups and major problems of socia l policy. the socia l consequences of techno logi cal change and techniques of social control in the metropolitan world

Social Disorganization. 3 hr. Prerequisite: S. S. 201. An a nalysis of contemporary manifestation s of deviations from group norms in areas including crime, sex, education, religion and mental illness.

Gov't. ' f 'I I ,, , ·
202. / OD _ Soe,. fo urses of Instruction 1"" Sc,~~
97

HUMANITIES

250. Community Organization. 3 hr. Second semester. Pr ereq uisite: S. S. 201.

The common elements of a nd variations in co mmunity life in different types of societies: folk, urban, rural a nd hi storical.

300.

Contemporary Social Problems. 3 hr. Prerequisite: 6 hr. Hist. and/or Soc. Sci. and permission. A seminar in which a student selects a specific contemporary social issue for research a nd analysis. Research reports are presented to and discussed by the members of the seminar.

Practicum. 1-2 hr. Open to anyone with sophomore or higher standing. Training and experience in leading discussion groups. Approval of department head necessary.

305. Marriage and Parenthood . 3 hr. A s tudy of attitudes, habits and ideals which make for wholesome relationships between the sexes and the establishment of a per man e nt and happy family life.

350. Juvenile Delinquency --C riminology and Penology. 3 hr. F irst semester. Prerequisite: S S 201. An analysis of delinquency and crime including programs of institutional treatment and rehabilitation.

360. Social Work. 3 hr. Prerequisite: S.S. 201. A study of th e social milieu from which the field of social work has emerged. The major agencies currently involved in social work and the types of soc ial work practiced in the United States.

430. Field Work Practicum. 3 hr By permission of department head. Sup ervised experience in Social Work.

470. Independent Study ih Sociology. 1-3 hr. Individual instru ct ion in the techniques of research.

PHILOSOPHY Courses of Instruction

Phil.

201. Introduction to Philosophy. 3 hr. An introduction to phil osop hy throu gh selected writing from some of th e outstanding philosophers, c la ssica l a nd current. Lec tures and class discussions on such topics as ethics, philosophy of history, philosophy of religion and me taphysics.

300. Social Ethics. 3 hr. A study of morals a nd principles for judging human action and respo nsibility.

301.

302.

Philosophy and History of World Religions I. 3 hr. First semester. Traces the historical origins and philosophies of the world's major religions and their dev e lqpme nt up to the Middle Ages.

Philosophy and History of World Religions II. 3 hr. SecoHd s·emester. The development of the philosophies of the world's major religions with emphasis upon th e role in the developm ent of th e pres e nt day world.

Independent Study. 1-3 hr. Open to seniors and second semester juniors. Individual study of issues and topics of current importance culminating in a research paper or the development of a mod e l or project.

98 I I I I I I

LANGUAGE ARTS

The Department of Langu age Arts offers co ncentrati o n·s for th e A.B. in Edu ca tion Degr e e, t h e A.B. Degree, the B.S. Degre e in E nglish ba,pg uage a nd L iteratur e, Speech and Drama, an d Journali sm.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

Co urses in E ngli sh Language and Literatur e are design e d to :

1. Teac h students to u se th e English languag e as an effective means of oral and writte n co mmunic a tion.

2 Ass i st in cultivating th e de sir e to read lit erat ur e with understanding and ap precia tion.

3. Fam ili a ri ze st ud e nts with man y of the great boo ks that co nstitut e the literary h eritage of mankind.

4. Disco ver and foster th e development of individual litera ry skills and t a le nts

5 Provide special dir ec tion and in stru c tion for students who plan to t each.

6. Provide a basic under st a nding of th e language arts for thos e students whose vocational int er e sts are other th a n tea ching.

7. Provide a so und basis for graduate s tu 1y in th e areas of th e langu age ar t s.

·BUMANITIES \
)
Req uired: En g. 418 .Jp (.,h 357 Requirements for Field of Concentration. Hours Shakespear e 3 Int e rpretat iv e Readin g : 2 Tota l hour s 5 Elec t e ight hours from the following: En g. 208 Advanced Writing .. ...... . ... ....... . 2 V 3 v 2 234 Beginning J o urnalism ') J·' \ 0 300 Traditional Gra mmar . ........... . .... . v 305 Practicum in Composition 3 425 Mod e rn Grammar a nd Linguistics 3 2 v 440 Hi story of the E ngli sh Language .. .. . .. . . . Total hours 8 Elec t eighteen hours from the fo ll owing: E n g. 222 225 306 317 318 321 322 323 324 325 328 441 442 The He lleni c-H ebraic Tradition . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Short Story .. . ... .... . ... . ......... 2 Ne brask a Litera ture 2 Ch au cer ' 2 Ne o-Clas sica l Writer s 3 R o manti c Period ... . ... ... . . . .. . ..... 3 Co ntinental World Litera ture . ........... 3 I Victorian Perio d 3 American Literature I 3 V American Litera ture II ............ '. .. .. 3 Modern Poetry 2 Pr e- Shak espea r ea n Dra m a 2 Po st -Shak espearea n Dra ma : 3 Tot a l hours . ..... .... ...... . . ......... . .. .. ..... ... . 18 99 I

HUMANITIES

General Electives from any of the above

Total hours for field of concentration

Courses of Instruction

English Composition. 3 hr. Each semester. A study of th e principles of clear and effective ex pr ess ion as applied to the sentence, paragraph and th e whole composition. A review of grammar, mechanics an d correc t usage . Training in organization, an d the writing of short and long papers. Required course for a ll freshmen. (Note: An exce ption m ay be made for those students who show sufficient a bility in the entrance tests Such students may be excused from this course by the head of the Languag e Arts Depa rtment.)

Appreciation of Literature. 3 hr. Each se mest er. General education requirement design e d to increase th e s tudent 's appreciation with emphasis on modern forms.

Children's Literature. 3 hr. First se mester. A survey of children's lit era tur e tracing the hi s tory from earliest times to modern lit era ture.

Advanced Writing. 2 hr. Second semester. Special proj ec t for third hour. Study of description , narration, exposition, and po e try as rhetorical forms with extensive pr ac tic e in writing. Individual talent and general writing ab ility are •d eveloped through critiques and student-instructor confer e n ces.

The Hellenic-Hebraic Tradition. 3 hr. Secon d semester. Prerequisite: Engli sh 202. An introdu c tion to the roots of English Lit era ture in Greek, Roman an d Hebrew literat ure

Short Story. 2 hr. First semes ter. Major e mpha sis on the d eve lopment of the short story in America.

Beginning Journalism. 3 hr. Each se mester A practical course in th e writin g and e diting of n ews copy, coveri ng minimum essentials Member s of th e class do the r e porting for th e co ll ege newspaper , The Pedagogian. A ba sic co urse for those interested in journali sm as a voc a tion.

Traditional Grammar. 2 hr. Design ed to provide students with a sound and com prehensive knowledge of traditional grammar: nomenclatur e, pun c tuation, sentence structure and analysis.

English Composition. 3 hr. Each semester. Prerequisit e : Eng. 101 and junior sia •nciing. ·Further training in th e me writing with emphasis on organization and r esea rch Practice in th e us e of logic and evidence "to , support generalizations. Re quired course for all juniors. ·

Practicum in Composition. 3 hr. Each semester. A study of th e relationship of such factors as the study of grammar, th e reading level and li st e ning skills to a student's ability to write effectively. Theories are tested in a classroom laborato ry.

Eng.
5
hrs.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-40 hrs. 101. 202. 203 208. 222. 225. 302. 305.
-9
100

HUMANITIES

306. Nebraska Literature. 2 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: consent of th e departm en t. An introduction to the works of Nebra ska writers and literature about Nebraska .

317. Chaucer. 2 hr. F irst semester. The fourteenth centu ry as revealed by Chaucer an d his contemporaries.

318. Neo-Classical Writers. 3 hr. Second semester. The philosophy and esthetics of the eighteenth century as reflected in the major writers.

321. Romantic Period. 3 hr. First Semester. Characteristics of Romantic Period writers as reflected in such Pre-Romantics as Blake and Burns. Chief emphasis is on the major Romantic poets, with some attention to the novel and the Ballad Revival.

322. Continental World Literature. 3 hr. First semester. Emphasis on a few major pieces of con tinent al literature (chiefly n ove l) from the Renaissance to the pres en t. A study of the writer as thinker and the literatur e as a mirror of the times. Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Flaubert, Voltair e, Mann, and Cervantes are among th e authors studied. ·

323. Victorian Period. 3 hr First semes ter. Nineteenth ce ntury England as seen by her major poets and novelists; some attention given to prose writers

324. American Literature I. 3 hr. •First semester. A historical survey of significant Ameri ca n writing from the Colonial Period to 1 865 Major writ ers receive chief emphasis.

American Literature II. 3 hr. Secon d semester. A continuation of English 324 from 1865 to the present.

Modern Poetry. 2 hr. Second se mester. A study of British and American poetry of this century and its relevance to contemporary literature and life

Teaching English and Speech. 2 hr. Second Semester. This course is a study of the a ims , objectiv es and scope of English and speech in the curric ulum . Resourc es such as t ex tbooks, film lists , special equipment, records , charts and tests are examined and evaluated. Recent teaching techniques are explored

Shakespeare. hr. Se co nd semester. A study of representative plays and sonnets. (Credited as either E nglish or Speech.)

Modern Grammar and Linguistics. 3 hr. Second semester. An introduction to historical, descriptiv e a nd structural linguistics as an aid to the und erstanding of modern concepts and philosophies of grammar.

Advanced Journalism. 3 hr. Second semester. Two hours attendance, two hour s laboratory. Prerequisite: Eng. 234. Continuation of practical experience in writing and editing news copy. Special emphasis on techniques in sponsorship of high school publications and school news publicity releases. Major positions on staff of college newspaper, The Pedagogian, filled from memb ers hip in this class.

History of the English Language. 2 hr Firs t se mester. A study of the growth of modern English through examination of changes in the

325. 328. 405. 418. 425. 440.
101

HUMANITIES

sounds, forms, and syntax that have occurred in the language and the development of vocabulary.

441. Pre-Shakespearean Drama. 2 hr. First semester. The development of drama and theatre through classical and native channe ls to their cu lmination in Elizabethan drama (Credited as either English or Sp e ech.)

442. Post-Shakespearean Drama. 3 hr. Second semester. Focus is on the major dramatists since Shakespeare. (Credited as either English or Speech.)

450. Directed Studies in English. Each semester. Open only to seniors with an over-all G.P.A. of 7 in the field of Eng li sh. Must be in excess of the minimum (36) hours required for field of specialization. Designed to enable gifted students to investigate independent ly an area of interest, particularly when the area is :not covered by on e of the formal courses .

JOURNALISM

Courses in Journalism are designed to:

1. Emphasize the stru ggle for, and the importance of, fre e dom of the pre s s.

2. Concentrate on highlights in the history of the press in th e United States.

3. Analy ze contemporary problems in the field of journalism.

4. Cultivate the journalistic style.

5. Stress communication through the printed word.

Required: Journ 234 Journ 235 Journ. 435 Journalism • (B.S. Degree) Field of Concentration Hours Beginning Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ne wspaper Editing . 4 Advanced Journalism . 3 Total hours 10 Elect twenty-four hours from the following: Art 111 Letterin11; 3 Eng . 208 Advanc e d Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . .. ... 2-3 Journ. 226 Photography I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Jo urn 23 7 In troduction to Graphic Arts . 3 Speh. 260 Introdu ction to Radio and Television 3 Eng. 300 Traditional Grammar . 2 Journ. 325 Photography II 2-3 Jo urn 327 Yearbook Editing and Management 2-4 Journ. 329 Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Journ. 400 Int~rnship . in Journalism . . ... ... ... . ........ . .... 2-4 Totalhours .... . .. . .. ... ... . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . . ....24. Total Hours for Field of Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Journ. 226. Photography I. 2-3 hr. Each semester. Two hours classwork and two hours of laboratory per week. Theory and practice in the basic fundamentals of photography including composition, exposure, lighting, developing, contact printing and en larging The third hour credit gained by additional assignments. Each studen t must have a camera. 10 2 I I I I

HUMANITIES

234. Beginning Journalism. 3 hr. Each semester. A practical course in the writing and editing of news copy, covering minimum essentials. Members of the class do the reporting for t he college newspaper, The· Pedagogian. A basic course for those interested in jo9rnalism as a vocation . Open to those of sophomore standing or abbve. · '

235. Newspaper Editing. Credit not to exceed two hours in any semester or four hours in the aggregate may be allowed to appointed editor or editors of the college newspaper,

237. Graphic Arts. 3 hr. Each semester. Six hours laboratory. Study and practice in basic processes of printing and allied industries, including work in letterpress, silkscreen printing, bookbinding, rubberstamp making and goldleaf stamping. Also beneficial for those interested in journalism.

325. Photography II. 2-3 hr. On demand. Lens testing, infra-red photography, high speed photography, portraiture, use of negative and positive color films, color printing and oil coloring of prints.

329. Advertising. 2 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Bus 328 A study of the planning and preparation of advertisements, the selection of appropriate advertising media and agencies and the role of advertising in the total marketing program

337. Yearbook Editing and Managing. Credit not to exceed two hours in any one semester or four hours in the aggregate. Students who do not register for credit will have a statement of their work submitted to the Placement Bureau to be placed in their official record.

400. Internship in Journalism. 2 - 4 hr. Each semester and summer. On the job practice with one of the area newspaper offices. Students will have work experience with the various phases of journalistic work. Written and oral reports of these experiences are to be presented by the student to the Beginning and Advanced Journalism classes. (Credit not to exceed 2 hours in any one semester.)

401. Journalism Practicum. 1-6 hr. Each semester. Credit not to exceed one credit hour each semester. Prerequisites : student should have completed the required courses for a Journalism Concentration (Eng 234, 235, 435) before taking Journalism Practicum. Practicum students will be involved in the production of the college newspaper and yearbook, and will assist incoming Journalism majors adjust to their journalistic responsibilities.

435. Advanced Journalism. 3 hr. Second semester. Two hours attendance, two hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Eng. 234. Continuation of practical experience in writing and editing news copy. Special emphasis on techniques in sponsorship of high school publications and school news publicity releases. Major positions on staff of college newspaper, The Pedagogian, filled from membership in this class.

103

HUMANITIES

SPEECH AND DRAMA

Courses in Sp ee ch are designed to:

1. Re cogn ize th e importan ce of speech in democratic living ; to cherish fre e dom of spee c h.

2. Cultivate an a ttitud e of responsibility for speaking honestly and for shunning m ere rhetoric.

3. Know th e chief characteristics of effective speech: that speech begins with thought ; that it is ide a lly social and purposeful; and that it requires an appropriate attitude toward one's listeners.

4. Be able to read orally with intellig e nt interpretation and expressions; to be able to read fluently with appropriate rhythm.

5. Give a dequ a t e attention to the defectiv e, adequate and skilled.

6. Prepare students to teach speech in the public schools.

7 Prepare students to dire c t ac tivitie s in th e fields of drama and deb a t e.

Requirements for Field of Concentration Required: Hours Speh. 254 353 357 Publi c Speaking 3 Sp eec h Correction and Development 3 Interp retative Reading 2 Total hours 8 Elect eight hours from the following: Speh. 258 Debate 3 260 Introduction to Ra dio and Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 35 9 Advanced Debate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 362 Psychology of Speech 3 415G Speech Composition 2 Total hours 8 Elect fourteen hours from the following: Speh. Sp eh. 255 Elementary Dram a tics 3 H. Ee. 323 Costume History 3 Speh. 355 Play Production · · 3 Speh 360 Play Directing · 3 Speh. 400 Th ya tr ~ History 3 Eng . 418 Shqkespeare .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3 Eng. 441 Pre-Shakesp earea n Dram a 2 Eng. 442 Post-Sh akespearean Drama , . 3 Total hours 14 General Electives from any of Above 3 'Total Hours for Fielq of Concentration TI Courses of Instruction 152. Fundamentals of Speech. 3 hr. pach semester
nd
ples of speech. Development pf bodily fre e dom,
utterance and improved oral communication. Include s fundamental process of speech 104
a
summer. The princi-
distinct

HUMANITIES

correction and deve lopment with emphasis on the developm en t of excellent speech habits and th e diagnosis and treatment of ele mentary speech defects. Required course for , all fres,hmen.

254. Public Speaking. 3 hr. Each se mester. Training in effec tive methods of adapting composition and delivery to various types of audiences. A study is mad e of the forms of address, impelling motives, speech e nds, speech organization, composition and delivery. Practice is given in gathering, choosing, working a nd mast ering speech materials. Direct and purposeful conversational delivery for the purpose of co mmunication is stressed .

255. Elementary Dramatics. 3 hr. First semester. A study a nd application of principles of dramatic interpretation with particular emphasis on personality development; the development of creative imagination; analyzing and playing a part; an intensive training in pantomime, posture, movement, stage busin ess, body control, vocal control, dialogue and characteri zation.

258. Debate. 3 hr. Second semester. Basic theory and pra c tice of argumentation, the conventions of deb ate, parliamentary pro ced ure and the analysis of qu es tions.

260. Introduction to Radio and Television. 3 hr. Seco nd semester. An introduction to radio and t e levision as communication media. Introduction to modern facilities and pi;;ictices. Laboratory projects related to both media.

300 Summer Theatre Workshop. Practical tr a ining in all aspects of theatre produ ctio n : acting, set d esign, lig~ting , costuming, mak e-up, improvisation, musi c, and dancing. Publi c perform ance every weekei:i~ m cooperation with Buffalo City. Offer e d both sessions, no pre-requ1s1tes, may b e taken e ither or both sessions for a total of six hours credit . Three hours credit per session.

353. Speech Correction and Development. 3 hr. Each se mes ter. The physiologi ca l factors involved in oral communication , th e genetic basis of speech a nd d evelopment of excellent speech habit s in th e individual. Diagnosis and tre atme nt of speech defe cts

355. Play Production. 3 hr. First semester. A course for the director of dramatic s in schools and communities. It answer s the fundamentalque stions pertaining to play selection, casting, dir ec ting , s t eps in rehearsal , scenery, lighting, costume, mak e-up and busin ess organization.

357. Interpretative Reading. 2 hr. First semester. A study of the harmony of thought a nd mood as expressed through the medium of th e speaking voic e. An analysis of the proc ess and t echnique of ex pression ; emphasis is plac e d on the finding and projecting of the thought and emotional conte nt on the printed page Selections from literature are studied and presente d in class.

359. Advanced Debate. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Speech 258. Advanced forensic theory and practice; psychology of persuasion; rhetoric of argumentation; the construction of briefs; analysis of evidence; and judging debate.

360. Play Directing. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Speech 355 . A study and application of the theories of play direction.

105

HUMANITIES

362.

Psychology of Speech. 3 hr. Second se mester An investigation into the pro ces s of speech as a form of communicat.ion. Attention will be given to the psychological field , socionomy, general semantics and group dynamics.

~ 400.

Theatre History. 3 hr. This course will examin e the nature, practice, function, and literature of the theatre from its beginnings to the present day. The appro ac h will consis t of a study of each of the ma:jor periods in theatre history and representativ e plays of that period

401.

Teaching Speech in the High School. 2 hr. Second Semester. A study of aims, objectives and scope of speech in the curricu lum. Resources such as textbooks, film lists, specia l equipment, suppli es, records, charts and t e sts are exam in ed and evaluated.

402. Theatre Practicum. 1-4 hrs Each semester. Credit not to exceed one credit hour each semester. Practicum students will participate in acting, directing, advertising, lighting, constructing sets, and other activities as instructed by the Director of Theatr e.

403. Forensics Practicum. 1-4 hr. Each semester. Credit not to exceed one credit hour each semester. Pr erequisites: Speh. 152, 258. Practicum stud ents will participate in varsity debate and assist novice debators in pr eparation of cases ·

415G. Speech Composition. 2 hr. First se mester. Prerequisite : senior standing Th e speec h purpose; the divisions of the speech; the vocal use of words; th e form of address.

LIBRARY SCIENCE

PROGRAM IN LIBRARY SCIENCE OBJECTIVES

1. To stimu late and e n co urage s tudents to develop lifelong librar y h abits

2. To pr e pare tea ch er librarian s to organize and administer a school media center.

3. To give young peopl e a better under s t a nding of the basic library needs and inter es ts of young people

4. To famil iarize students with basic reference sources, library techniques and skills so that they will be ab le to satisfy their own needs in higher education.

5. To give fundamental knowledg e of special bibliographic tools and aids useful as guide s in se lecting media for special re a ders.

. \
( L. Sci. 214 i/L. Sci. 216 Sci. 300 vL. Sci. 313 v L. Sci. 315 v L. Sci. 317 C Sci. 417 v Eng. 203 v Educ. 408 REQUIREMENTS }:lours Principles of Classification and Cata login g .... .. .... . 3 Selection of Library Materials 3 Refe rence , 3 1\'dm inisfra tion of School Libraries 3 Se~ection .a nd Pr e paration of Non Book Materials . .. 3 Library Reading Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Library Practicum · 3 Children's Literature 3 Instructional Me d'ia .... . . . .. . .. . ..... .... . . . . : 2 total hours 26 106

HUMANITIES

LIBRARY SCIENCE

1l1e following courses are offered to prepare students to become teacher-librarians in pub li c sc hools. Upon completion of the prescribed program , students may be rn dor e d for ce rtification as school librarians.

214.

Principles of Classification and Cataloging. 3 hr. Classification according to the Dewey Deci mal System and the use of Sear's Li st of Subject Headings , A.L.A . Cataloging Rules and Library of Congress Rules for Descriptiv e Cataloging.

Selection of Library Materials . 3 hr. Surv e y of aids, principles and standards in selection of books for a school library, culminating in a basic collection e ith er e le mentary or secondary

300.

313

Reference. 3. hr. Prin ciples and problems in organizing refe rence sources and materials with special emphasis on the nature, pr ese rvation, availability and referen ce use of primary and secondary sources .

Administration of School Libraries. 3 hr. Principl es al)d procedures involv e d in the administration of elementary and secondary school libraries.

315. Se lection and Preparation of Nop-Book M'ateria ls. 3 hr. Th e course will cover the se le c tion, pre p ar a tion , eva luation , organi za tion , a nd utili z ation of non-print materials (Pi c tures , maps, films, filmstrip s , mi cro-materials, recordings , and transparencies).

317. Library Reading Guidance. 3 hr. Principles and practi ces in reading characteristics of appropriate books for children of average or exce ptional ability, individu a l and group guidance, d eve lopm e nt of reading interests.

417. Library Practicum. 3 hr. Each semester and summer. Prerequisites: L. Sci. 214, 216, 300, 313 A field of concentration for teacher-librarians with practicum in circulation, technica l process es and referenc e work .

PRE:PROFEj_Sl"ONAL CURRICULA (' Pre-Law

Students interested in the study of law should examine ca refully th e requirements fo r a dmission into the law college to which they expect to transfer. Some law colleges req uire the baccalaureate degr ee for admission, some require three year s of general co ll ege , and others req uir ·e only two year s for admission

The following progr-am of studies is designed to meet th e above various requireme nts. Following the completion of three years at Peru and the suc;cessfu l completion of one year in an accredited law college, a student may be awarded th e A.B. degree.

L c i.
En glish Composition_ . . 6 General Scien ce · 6 His tory 24 Speech · 3 Ec onomics , . . . · 9 Psychology ; : . . 3 G ove rnment . . 9 Geography 6 Liter a ture 13 Physical Education 5 Electives and degree r e quir e ment s 40 107

Schooi of Applied Arts & Technology

C. VERNON SIEGNER, DEAN OF SCHOOL

Verona Beguin

Russell Beldin

Donnell Cattle

Jerry Cox

Jeffrey Dilts

David Gunderson

Lucy Hovey

Dee V. Jarvis

Louise Kregel

Stanl e y Mccaslin

Lester Russell

Darrell Wininge r

Applied Arts & Technology is concerne d with areas of study which em phasize practical activities and understanding typified by Industria l Arts, Business, Hom e Econom ics, and Technical Ed ucation. The m ajo r objective is to e na bl e individuals to prepare for p ersonal living needs through practical activit ies. Courses are d esig ned to give students the knowledge, habits an d skills necessary to provide sufficient preparation for vocation a l use and/or teaching.

BUSINESS

The co urs es in Business are d esig ned to accomplish the following objectives:

l. To provide prospective te ac hers with a background ena bling them t o develop the knowledges, skills, attitudes and techniques needed to t each in modern secondary sc hools .

2. To give up-to-date training enab ling men and women to advance to positions of responsibility and lea dership in th e business world.

3. To provide a background in business practices and policies to enable the st ud ent to mak e intelligent decisions.

4. To prepare st udent s (o r graduate work in Business.

Business Education (secretarial or basic business) may be sel ected as a field of conce ntr at ion for th e Bachelor of Science in Education degr ee enabling one to qualify for a Nebra ska Secondary School Certifica t e.

Bus. 102 123 220 231 232 235 240 325 333 334 336 Econ. 220 221 - \ l us1NESS EDU CA TI ~ \ ' Secretarial / Requireme~of Concentration Introdu ction to Data Proces sing Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 Introduction to Business Int e rm ediat e Typewriting Principles of Accounting Prin ciples of Accounting Busin ess Machines Offi ce Ma chin es Secretarial Procedures Dictation and Transcription Adv ance d Typewriting Busin,e~s Law Prin ciples of Economics Principles of Economics : Selected courses in Business and Economics 3 3 7 Total hours 45 108

degree (non-teaching).

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS IN ACCOUNTING TECHNOLOGY

The Accounting Technology Progr a m is a 2-year program where students receive (dassroom and individuali ze d instruction related to the total area of recording, proeess ing , storing and r e porting information for bu sin ess and non-profit organizations. Students completing the program are pr epare d for entry positions into the field of accounting in such occupations as basic record keeping, r epor t writing, asset evaluation and reporting, tax and cost accounting, auditing procedures, use of business machines, and operations of electro nic data processing machines r e lated to accounting in all types and sizes of busine ss enterprises and governmental and service organizations

Bus. 102 123 231 232 235 - 237 - 323 336 ' 432 Econ 22 0 22 1 APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY ( BUSINESS EDUCATION Basic Business Requirements for Field of Con,~entration Hours Introdu ction to Data Processing • ; , 3 Introduct ion to Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Prin cip les of. Accounting 3 Business Machines 3 Princi pl es of Management 3 Principles of -Marketing 3 Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Finance 3 Principles of Econo mics 3 Principles of Economics , . . . 3 Selected courses in Business an d Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 4. Tot al hour s 45 Business Administration may be selec ted as a field of concentration to earn a Bachelor of Science degree (non-teaching). Bus. 123 23 1 232 235 237 328 336 432 434 Econ . 220 221 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Requirements for Field of Concentration Hours Introdu ction to Busin ess 3 Principl es of Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Prin cipl es of Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Machines 3 Principl es of Managem en t 3 Principles of Marketing . . 3 Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Personn el Management 3 Prin cipl es of Eco nomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Prin cipl es of Economics 3 Seclected co ur ses in Business or Economics 12 Total Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Business Administration
concentration
of Science
may be selecte d as a fie ld of
to earn a Bac helor
109

* If stud ent had algebra at the high school leve l and feels well-grounded in math , he may waive Business Math

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS SECRETARIAL-CLERICAL TECHNOLOGY

The Secretarial-Clerical Technology Program is a 2-year program establishi.d-' to prepare students to be proficient ·n the secretarial-clerical skills and knowledges which will ena ble th em to enter this field at the completion of the program. The students receive classroom and individualized instruction emphasizing the skill subjects of shorthand, typewriting, secretarial accounting, office machines, electronic data process ing, basic corres pond e nce and report preparation, and communication skills. Personnel trained in this program would work for small or large businesses in retailing, wholesaling, manufacturing, transportation, communications, doctors , lawy ers, accountants, as well as government at all lev e ls and other non-profit organizations such as church, sc hool s, an d ho sp itals.

Bus. Econ. Bus. ACCOUNTING TECHNOLOGY 2-Year Program FRESHMAN YEAR / FALL TERM Hours * 100 Business Math 3 l 23Introduction to Busines s 3 231Principles of Accounting I 3 220Principles of Economics . 3 Electives . 3 Total hours ... ... ... 15 Bus. / SPRING TERM Hours 10 2 Intro. to Data Processing 3 201 Business Statistics 3 232 Principl es of Accounting II 3 235 Business Machines . . . . . . 3 23 7 Principles of Marketing . . 3 Total hours . . .. .... . 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR FALL TERM Hours SPRING TERM Hours 332 Inves tments . 3 Bus. 205 Auditing Principles 3 336 Business Law I ........ 3 301 Business Communication 3 337 Int erme diat e Accounting 3 339 Cost Accounting 3 340 Income Tax Accounting 3 432 Business Finance 3 Electives • • • • • •- • • '. • • " c " 3 Electives . . . .. .. ...... 3 Total hours .... . .... TI Total hours TI
APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY
TECHNOLOGY
Year Program
YEAR FALL TERM Hours Bus. 100 Business Math ......... 3 121 Beg inning Typing . . . . . . 3 OR 220 Intermediate Jyping • 3 123 Introduction to Business 3 131 Elementary Sti'orthancl .. 3 OR 132 Inter mediat e Shorthand 3 301 Business Communications 3 Total hours 15 110 SPRING TERM Hours Bus. 132 Intermediate Shorthand 3 OR 333 Dictation and Transcription3 220 Intermediate Typing . . . . 3 OR 334 Advanced Typing . 3 235 Business Machin es 3 240 Office Machine s . . . . . . . 2 325 Secretarial Offic e Practice 3 Elective 1 Total hours TI I I
SECRETARIAL-CLERICAL
2-
FRESHMAN

Ii Lh e stu d e nt ha s had previous instru ction in typing or Gregg Shorthand , she is not to be e nro ll e d in either beginning course without the approva l of the instructors. If the st udent has had algebra or some other advanced work in math, she is not to oil in Business Math. ·

11ie tu dent w ill attend the first 10 weeks of the regular Accounting I class and will rece ive 2 credits instead of 3. l n h· .

100. Business Mathematics. 3 hJ . First semester. A review of the four , , fundamental operations of arit hm etic applied to whole numbers, fra cti ons, and decimals; applications of percentage; comput in g interest and discounting notes; consumer credit; cash and trad e discount; computing markup, retail and commission; marking goods; the arithmetic of payrolls

Introduction to Data Processing. 3 hr. On demand . An introduction to th e concepts a nd basic features of e lectro nic compu ters. An overview of the makeup of computer sys tems and of the structur e and usage of computer la n guages is presented . FORTRAN IV is used to illu strate the course a nd give the student dire ct comput ing experience .

121. Elementary Typewriting. 3 hr. First semester. Five hour s attendan ce Deve lopment of a working knowledge of typewriting for persona l and vocational use. A student havin g one unit of high schoo l credit in typewriting will not be a ll owed to take this course for credit.

123. Introduction to Business. 3 hr. Each se mester. A study of business and the environment in which it is co nducted; typ es of business firm s, functions they perform , problems confro ntin g ·th e m and possible so lutions for thes e problems are considered.

131. Elementary Shorthand. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 121 or equiva lent or b e ing enrolled in Bus 121. Five hours attendance. A study of reading and writing sh ort hand , and an int roduction to di c tation and tran sc ription. A student having one unit of high schoo l credit in shorthand wi ll not be a ll owed to take this course for credit.

132. Int er mediat e Shorthand. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 131 or one unit of high sc hool credit in sh ort hand Fo ur hour s att e ndance. A continuation of Bus. 131, emphasi z ing th e d evelopment of sk ill in dictation and transcription. · 1 11

SOPHOMORE YEAR FALL TERM Hours _3 1 Acco unting I . . 2 333 Dictation and Transcription 3 33 6 Business Law 3 20 Princip les of Economics . 3 E lectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Tota l hours . . . .. .... 15 SPRING TERM Hours , Bus. ,J 02 Intro. to Data Processing 3 237 Principles of Management 3 334 Advanced Typing 3 426 Advanced Dictation and Trans 3 Electives 3 Total hours 15 HOU RS TOTAL PROGRAM WITH AT LEAST 50 HOURS REQUIRED IN t: SI ES S AND ECON OMI CS
APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY
· ·· · .A-C.<,VY\.
.e,11 ..., e 0:,-.(.. • r -e,,.t ..... • Bus. r Courses of Instruction 1/-S. 'l./ .
m t ·t j .

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

Business Statistics. 3 hr. Second semester or on demand. Methods including dispersion, sampling, null hypothesis, tables and graphs, estimation, and correlation - all with a business application.

COBOL Programming. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Bus. 102. A general introduction to the COBOL Programing language and its application to problem solving is discussed in detail. The student's wo'rk includes analyzing a problem and developing a program relative to his field of interest.

FORTRAN Programming. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Bus. 102 or consent of instructor. The FORTRAN IV language and its application to problem solving is discussed in detail. The student's work includes analyzing a problem and developing a program relative to his field of interest.

Auditing Principles. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 337 and 339 or by permission. Generally accepted auditing standards and procedures with philosophy supporting them; auditing techniques available to the independent public accountant.

Personal Business Finance. 3 hr. First semester. Fundamentals of personal finance. Budgeting; banking; life insurance; accident, health, and casualty insurance; investments; trusts; taxes; income taxes and social security.

220.

Intermediate Typewriting. 3 hr. Each semest e r. Prerequisite: Bus. 121 or one unit of high school credit in typewriting. Stresses speed and accuracy in typewriting letters, manuscripts, tabulations and other forms.

Principles of Ac~ounting. 2-3 hr. First semester. Four hours attendance. An introduction to the process of recording financial data and preparing periodic financial statements and special reports for the sole proprietorship and partnership. (The student will attend the first 10 weeks of the regular -Accounting I class and will receive 2 credits instead of 3 for the Secretarial Technology Program.)

232.

Principles of Accounting. 3 hr. Second semeste r. Prerequisite: Bus. 231. Four hours attendance. A continuation of Bus. 231, considering the accounting process in the corporation; the student is introduced to accounting theory, financial statement analysis and cost accounting.

235. Business Machines. 3 hr. Each semester. Three hours attendance with individual laboratory work arranged. Basic calculating machine operations, care of the machines, and business application problems are stressed .

237. Principles of Management. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 123. A study of the planning, organizing, directing and controlling functions of manageme11t; the student is introduced to production, marketing, financial, personnel and office management.

'

240. Office Machines. 2 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite : Bus. 121 or equivalent. Machines used in the present day business office other than calculating machines are studied. These include a study on the various duplicating machines, simulated keypunch, transcribing machines, and other machines available for demonstration.

112 J J I I J

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

Business Communications. 3 hr. First semester. A study of Business Eng lish and communication as well as learn)ng ho\1/ to compose and produce the various kinds of letters used in the business ~o;ld today.

Secretaria l Procedures. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 123, 132, and 220. Secretarial responsibilities in the modern office, important personal qualities of the secretary, and records management are studied .

Principles of Marketing. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 123. A study of the buying, selling, transporting and storing functions involved in marketing; the student is introduced to retailing, wholesaling and marketing management.

Advertising. 2 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Bus. 328. A study of the planning and preparation of advertisements, the selection of appropriate advertising media and agencies and the role of advertising in the total marketing program.

Sales Management. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Bus . 328. A sales management course incorporating salesmanship training as a substantial part of the management offering.

Insurance. 2 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Bus. 123 . A study of the major types of personal and business insurance, including life, property, health and accident, public liability and social insurance .

Investment. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 232. A study of the major uses of investment funds, including saving accounts in banks and other financial institutions, government bonds , corporate stocks and bonds, annuities and real estate.

Dictation and Transcription. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 132 and 220 or two units High School Shorthand. Four hours attendance. Emphasis is placed on increasing skills in taking dictation and transcribing it into mailable form.

Advanced Typewriting. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 220. Three hours attendance. Stresses the development of a high degree of proficiency in composition, machine dictation and production typewriting.

Industrial Management. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Bus. 237. A study of the management of an industrial plant ; location, construction , layout, equipment, supplies and personnel are considered. The purchase, storage and processing of materials and sale of tlie finished product are stressed .

Business Law. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite : Bus. 123 A study of the legal rights and obligations of parties to contracts concerned with such matters as exchange, property, agency, insurance and bankruptcy; special legal problems of partnerships and corporations are considered.

Intermediate Accounting. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Bus. 232. A study of the problems involved in establishing sound valuations for asset, liability and net worth items; proper reporting of financial position and net income is stressed.

301. 325. 328. 329. 330. 331. 332. 333 . 334. 335. 336. 337.
113

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

339 Cost Accounting. 3 hr Second se m es t e r. Pre r eq ui site : Bu s. 232. A s tudy of m anufa c turing cos t under pro cess a nd job-order cost systems; d e termin a tion a nd a ppli c ation of standard cos t , a naly sis of cos t b e havior and cost budg e ting to a id manage ment in makin g d ec isions ar e stressed.

340 . Income Tax Accounting. 3 hr. S ec ond se mes t er. Pr e r eq ui site : Bu s. 232. The rederal In co m e Ta x la ws and reg ul at io n s co n ce rning t axa bl e in co m e, inclu sion s a nd ex clu sion s, allowabl e d e ducti o n s, a nd basis of d e terminin g ga in o r lo ss for r e p o rtin g purpo ses fo r individual s and bu sin es ses.

345. Conference Leading. 3 hr. On demand A course enabling on e to lea d a co nfer e n ce in business a nd indu str y. Stud e nt s w ill learn to m a k e a co nfer e n ce pl a n, ana ly ze conference probl e ms, draw information from th e group, and bring th e co nfer e n ce to a co nclusion by formulating recomm e ndations for a plan of act ion.

425. Methods of Teaching Business Subjects. 2 hr. Profess ional semester. Curr e nt m et hod s of tea c hin g t y p ew ritin g, shorth a nd, bo o kk eep in g, office practi ce a nd ba sic business ar e co nsid e red ; sour ces a nd u ses of in s tru ctiona l aids are e mpha si ze d.

426. Adva nc ed Dictation and Transcription . 3 hr. Sec ond se m es t er. Pr e requisite : Bu s. 333. F o ur hour s attendance. Greater in cre ase in the spee d a nd a c cura cy in t a kin g tim ed dictation . Mo r e e mpha sis in imp roving quality and qu a ntity of transcribed produ c t.

428. Problems in Business Education. 2 hr. On d e ma nd. Research, dis c u ss ion and writing on probl e m s not pr e viou s ly st udi ed Ind e p e nd e nt s tud y b y a rran ge m e nt.

431. Retail Management. 3 hr. On d e m a nd. Pr erequ isit e : Bus. 328 A study of th e man age m e nt of r e t a il sto re s; lo cat ion , co n s tru c tion, layout , equipment, supp li es and per so nn e l arc co n sider ed. Th e purcha se, sto rage and promotion of m e r c handi se arc str esse d

432 Business Finan c e 3 hr. Se co nd se m es te r. Pre r e qui site: Bus 232 and Ec on. 220 . A s tudy of th e u ses of fund s lo fin a nce asse t s, int e rnal and ex t e rnal so ur ces of fund s and th e cost of funds obtain ed from a lt e1:n a tiv e so ur ces under various co nditi o n s.

433. Offi ce Manage ment. 2 hr. On dem a nd. Pre r e qui site : Bus. 237. A s tudy of the man age m e nt of an offic e; lo cat ion , layout, e quipment, supplie s and per so nn e l ar e conside re d. The effi c ie nt handlin g of information is str esse d.

434. Personnel Management. 3 hr. Se co nd semester. Prer eq uisit e: Bus. 237. A study of th e mana ge m e nt of la bor ; se lect ion, trainin g, c ompen sa tion and supervision ar e c on sid ered. The human relations ele ment is stressed

436. Projects in J' ypewriting 1-4 hr. On de mand. Pr e requisit es: Se nior standi11g· a nd pe rmi ss ion f th e in s tru c tor. Des ig ne d for a student to do advanced proj ects in ty1 ewr itin g ba se d up on hi s individu a l ne e ds a nd int e r es ts

. 440. Independent Study i Business Administration. 1-4 hr. On demand Prer e qui s ite s: Senior anding and permission of th e in s tru cto r.

(_
. '
114

The courses i jective s:

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

VOCATIONAL HOME ECO!"OMICS )

Home Economics are de§igned 'according to tlie following ob/

1. To endeavor t'e guide each student in the use of the educational opportunities available in the oepartment, the college and the community, so that she may be helped to understand herself and her abilities and thereby learn to appreciate the values needed to achieve a satisfying personal and family life.

2. To meet the needs of those students who find Home Economics courses a means to enrichment of personal, family and community life .

3. To develop a capacity to adjust to a changing world with understanding and to meet the stresses incident to crises with dignity and responsibility.

4 To give professional and occupational training for specialized work such as teachers, home demonstration agents, journalists in home economics, home economists in business and industry, dieticians, specialists in textiles and clothing, and nursery school supervisors .

5. To develop in each student the ability to select and use homemaking materials and products wisely as a consumer.

6. To prepare the student for advanced study so she can meet future needs of society.

Hom e Economics may be e lec ted as a tea c hing or non - teaching fi e ld qualifying for the Bachelor of Sci e nce or the Bachelor of Science in Education degrees .

,:JVl _ TcA Requirements for Field of Concentration H .E. Hours v 133 Beginning Foods and Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 134 , Meal Planning and Food Preparation . 3 v l41 Beginning Clothing Selection and Construction 3 215 · I Personal Business Finance 3 23 2 ·'.).._ Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 302- ? Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 320 I Costume Selection or Art 203 Design . . . . 3 321 I Personal or Family Relationships 3 v 3 22 Home Furni shing . . 3 332 9 Nutrition and Dietetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 333 Textiles . . 3 ,,- 334 Advanced Clothing . 3 / 421 Home Management . . 4 Hom e Economics Electives . 6 H. E V . E. 341 History and Philosophy of Vocational E ducation . . . . . . . . . . 3: 342 Organi za tion and Administration of Vo ca tion a l Education 3 · 343 Coordination Te chniques in Vocational Education Programs 3 Total hours . ... ............ . ..... .. . . ... . ........ . 55 Courses of Instruction 133. Beginning Foods and Nutrition. 3 hr. First semester. Two hours lecture and discussion; three hours laboratory Fundamental principl es of food selection and prep ara tion; food composition in rel at ion to health. 115
A/

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

134. Meal Planning and Food Preparation. 3 hr. Seco nd semester. Two hours le cture and di sc ussion ; three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: H. E. 133. T he purchasing of foods; planning and serving mea ls for family groups using the basic four plan.

141. Beginning Clothing Selection and Construction. 3 hr. Second semester. Six hours laboratory. Sele c tion of wearing a ppare l based on principles of design and color, line, texture, fa bric, s tyle, purpose , personalityinterpretation and use of commercial patt erns in clothing co nstru c tion and demonstration problems.

205. Selection, Use and Care of Household Equipment. 2-3 hr. First semester. Two hours le ct ure; thre e hours laboratory A course cover ing the fundamental principles of care and operation of equipment to give max imum service in relation to operation and service cost; und e rstanding of common repair problem s.

232. Home Planning. 3 hr. Second semester. A course designed to serve those who wish to buy, build or remodel and who ne e d to know about property and house s to make a large investm e nt.

302. Child Development. 2-3 hr. Second semester. Scope of course cove rs from prenat a l through pre-school ages. Four current reports; one each for prenatal care, infant care , your child from one to six, and the nursery school. Also a pre -school laboratory of four weeks. Three hours credit will involv e a floor plan for a pre-school, fully equipped.

310. Principles of Home Economics Demonstration. 3 hr. Second semester. Sil.( hours la boratory. Prer e quisit es : H. E 133, 134 , and 141. Fundame ntal s in ho1ne econo mic d e monstration used by the teacher, home ec onomics agent, and co mmerci a l demonstrator.

320. Costume Selection. 3 hr. Ffrst semester. Three hours lect ur e Selection of appropriate clothing and accessories as an expression of personality. Application of art prin ciples in the designing of garments with special a tt e ntion to individual proble ms Creative problem in dr e ss designing and construc ti on.

321. Personal and Family Relationships. 3 hr. F irst semester. A study of th e rel ation ships between the individual a nd the family, the art of living harmoniou sly with others and the responsibility of each member of the family in the d eve lopm e nt of satisfactory relationships in marriag e and family living

322. Hom e Furnishing. 3 hr. First semester. A study of today's housing problems and factors to be co nsid ere d in building, buying or renting a hous e; the selection a nd arrangement of furnishing from the standpoint of comfort, be auty and eco nomy.

323. Co; ttime History. 3 hr. Second se mester. Aspects of culture of various countties arl'd periods of history as refle cted in costume. Term paper required.

325 Costume Design-Flat Pattern. 3 hr. Second semester. 1 hr. le c ture , 3 hr. lab. Prerequisite: H. E. 334. Som e basic problems are prese nted in flat patt ern making . A personal master pattern is developed for each student. Creative problems are planned to dev e lop skill in the applic a tion of art principles to costume.

116

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

332. Nutr ition and Dietetics 3 hr. Second semester. Fundamental principles of human nutrition and its deve lopment through research as related to the dietary needs of individuals according to their age, sex and or occupation.

333. Textiles. 3 hr. First semester. Lecture and r ec it a tion. A study of weaves, yarns, fibers a nd finishes with referen ce to the se lection a nd care o f fabrics for clothing and for the home. Term paper re quired.

334. Advanced Clothing. 3 hr. F irs t semester. One hour lectur e, five hour s laboratory. Prerequisite: H . E. 141. This co urse is d es igned to meet the student's need for the more difficult construction problems which are encountered in tailoring and renovation.

400. Specia l Problems in Home Economics 1, 2 or 3 hr. On dem a nd. Special re sear ch or study as needed by the individual.

421. Home Management. 4 hr. First semest er. Managem ent problems of the hom ema ker in relation to e fficient man age ment of in come , time , energy and equipment. Good manag e ment pra c ti ces in homemaking problems through proje c t s.

425 Methods of Teaching Home Economics. 2 hr. First semester. Study and evaluation of th e method s of teaching home ec onomics in th e schools today ; d evelopment of th e c ur ric ulum to me e t th e needs of individual stud e nts and communities; and analy sis of mod ern philosophy and objectiv es.

430. Experimenta l ,Food Study. 3 hr. On demand. Pr ere quisite: H.E 134. A consideration of th e method s on whi ch such vari ables as ingr e dient s, proportion s and techniqu es in food pr e paration affect the cost and quality of both American and foreign produ c ts.

\ INDUSTRIAL ARTS

Courses in Indu strial Arts a~~nn.ed to meet th e folio.wing o_bjectives:

To d evelop m each stud e nt a n rns1ght and und er s tandmg of mdustry and its pla ce in our society.

To di sco ver and d evelop student tal e nt s in industri al-t echnic al fi e ld s.

To d e velop probl e m solving abilities re lated to mat erials, proc es ses and products of indu stry

To dev e lop in eac h stud e nt sk ill of th e safe use of tools and machines

Requirements for Field of Concentration

l. 2. 3. 4
I.A. Hours 121 Technic a l Drawing I , ~ 3 123 Woodworking Te chnology I , .2 3 124 Woodworking Technology II 3 132 Metal s Technology I 3 222 Technical Drawing II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 231 Industrial Crafts I 3 233 Electrical Technology I 3 237 Graphi c Arts • 3 321 Shop Maintenanc e . 2 330 Industrial Arts Des ign 2 117

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

Stud ents in Indu strial Arts Teacher Education must hav e six credits in a t least four of the following seven ar eas: drafting , electricity-el ec tronic s, woodworking, pow e r m ec h a ni cs, m e tal-working, graphic arts, and crafts .

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY

Th e c ur~ culum for th e ba ch e lor of scie n ce degr ee in Industrial Management Technology is d~s igned for students whose main objective is preparation for techni cia n and managerial po sition s in industry . The currictl lum ha s been d e ve lop ed to includ e a judiciou s comb in ation of t e chni ca l and busin ess courses in ord er to prepar e the graduat e for employm ent in an industrial enterprise.

Job opportuni ti e s in this fi e ld includ e industrial pur ch asing, material s w ntrol , qu ality contro l, produ c tion co ntrol , m ethods ana ly sis, and positions as for e me n and production manag e m ent train ees

332 P.E. 215 Power Mechanics Advan ce d courses and electives in Industrial Arts First Aid 3 Total hours 40
Requirements for Field of Concentration Bus. Hours 12 3 Introdu c tion to Bu sin ess . 3 231 Principl es of Ac counting I . . . 3 23 2 Principl es of Ac co un t in g II . 3 23 7 Principl es of Ma nagement 3 3 28 Principl es of Mark e ting 3 335 Indu stri al Ma nagement 3 3 36 Busines s Law 3 432 Bu sin ess Finance 3 434 Personn el Management 3 Econ 220 221 I.A. Elec tiv es 3 Prin cipl es of Economics Principl es of E conomics 3 3 121 Technica l Drawing · _;;,, J 123 Woodworking T ec hnology I .. . ...... . ..... .. . . ..... ... _,2r J 124 Woodworking Technology II ...... ...... . ... ....... . . . 3 132 Metal s Te c hnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 226 Photography I 3 23 3 Elec tri ca l Te c hnology I · 3 3 28 Elec tri ca l Technology II 3 329 Plastips Technplogy . . 3 331 Welding 3 332 Power M~ chanrcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 338 Safety Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ...... .. .. .. . .. .. . . ... . .. . . . . ... . .... ..... :7 D Soc. 201 Principles of Sociology 3 Mathematics 3 Total hour s 75 118

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

MANUAL ARTS THERAPY

This program is in cooperation with the Veterans Admini s tration Center Ho spi tal Wa ds worth, Kansas. Fo ll owing graduatiO' n witH· a Bachelor of Scien ce in Education degree w ith a field of concentration in Ind4strial Arts, the student spends ten weeks at hos pita l for th eir affiliation with free board and room. Upon successfu l completion of the internship, the student would b e e ligible for G .S . 6 Civil S ervice rating Detail s of the pro gram may b e obtained from the Dean of the School of Applied Art s and Tech no lo gy.

Courses of Instruction

1Technica l Drawing I. _,2" hr. First se m ester. Four hours laboratory A co ur se co n cerned with th e fundam e ntal s of grap hic la ngu age. The co ur se includes proper u se a nd ca r e of instrum en t s, geo metri c co nstru c tion , let t eri ng, sketc hing a nd shape d esc ription, multi-view projection, section a l views and auxi li ary views

Woodworking Tec hn o logy r.,,zi r. First semester. Fo ur hour s laboratory. The development of b as i c skill s in the u se of both h a nd too ls and woodworking ma c hin es. E mpha sis is on the s tudy of ba sic ca bin e tm aking a nd furnitur e co nstru c tion , order ly procedure, safe working pra c ti ces, and th e care of eq uipment. 3

124. Woodworking Techno logy V·..-2' hr. S eco nd semester. Prerequisite: I. A . 1 23. Fo ur hours labora tory. Techniques and procedures in wood fini s hing u sin g both tr a diti ona l and n ew typ es of m a t eria ls. Emp h asis on co nstru ct ion prob le m s r e lating to the building trad es a nd lin e produ c ti on tec hniqu es. A lso th e st udy of woodworking t ec hnol ogy and wood id e ntifi cation

132. Metals Technology I. 3 hr. Second se m es t er. Six hour s labor atory. Fundamental in s tru c tion in th e a r eas of sheet m e t a l , b e n c h m e t al , forging and h ea t tr ea tm ent, foundry , welding and e le m e ntary ma c hinin g.

222. Technical Drawing II. 3 hr. Second semes t er. Six hour s labora tor y. Th e co urse includ es shop processes, dimensioning, thr eads a nd fast e n e r s, design a nd work i ng draw in gs, axonmetric proj ec ti o n, oblique proj ec ti on , perspective proj ec tion , int ersec tion s a nd d eve lopm e nt s, gearing and cams, w e ldin g r epresen t at ion , graphs a nd the use of draftin g m ach in es.

226. Photography I. 2-3 hr. Each semes t e r. Two h ours c lasswork and two hour s of labora tory per week. Theory a nd practice in the basic fund am e nt a ls of photo gra ph y includin g co mpo sition, ex p os ur e, li ghting, developing, co nt ac t printing and en larg ing Th e third h o ur c r e dit gained by additional ass ig nm e nt s. Eac h s tud e nt mu s t h ave a camera

231. Industrial Crafts I. 3 hr. Each semester. Six hour s laborato ry Op e n to all students. Basic ex p erie nc es in working with a va ri e ty of c raft m e dia ; in cl uding p lastics, art m e tal lapidary , jew e lry and lea th er.

233. E l ectr ical Technology I. 3 hr. First se m es t er. Six h o ur s laboratory. Basic th eory, prin c ipl es, a nd applications of e lec tri c ity in indu s try a nd th e hom e. Areas of in struct i on includ e th e produ c tion of e lec tri c it y, ma gn e ti sm, th eory a nd b as ic c ircuit s, r esidenti a l wiring, motor s and generators, automotive e lec tri c it y, appliance repair, e lec tro c h e mistry and el ementary r ad io.

237. Graphic Arts. 3 hr. Eac h semes t er. Six h o urs labora t ory. Study a nd pra c ti ce in ba s ic proc esses of printing and a lli e d indu s tri es, includin g

119

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

work in letterpress, silkscreen printing, bookbinding, rubberstamp making and goldleaf stamping. Also beneficial for those interested in journalism.

Shop Maintenance. 2 hr. First semester. Four hours laboratory. Instruction in the use and care of equipment commonly found in the industrial arts laboratory, and shop planning as it relates to the proper functioning of industrial arts facilities. Practice will be given in the conditioning an d repair of hand and power tools and equipme nt.

Hand Crafts. 3 hr. Second semester. A course designed to develop skills and knowledges in working with ceramics, metals, plastics, wood, and other craft materials. Instruction will include specifying and purchasing craft supplies, and methods of incorporating these activities into school and community programs.

Metals Technology II. 3 hr. First semester. A second course in metalwork with emphasis on foundry and machine technology, and a study of metallurgy as it relates to the foundry, machine shop, ·and heat treating processes.

Photography II. 2-3 hr. On demand. Lens testing, infra-red photography, high speed photography, portraiture, use of negative and positive co lor films, co lor printing and oil coloring of prints.

Upholstery. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: I.A. 124 or by special permission. Designed to give exper ience in and information about various methods of construction in uph olstery both with and without use of springs.

Woodworking Technology III. 2 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: I. A. 124. Four hours lab•oratory . Emphasis will be p laced on an advanced problem including cabinetmaking or furniture construction. Also items related to the teaching of woodworking will be covered.

Electrical Technology II. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: I. A. 233 · or by special permission. Six hours laboratory. A study of the principles · of app li cation of electronics and their applications in circuits, test equipment, vacuum tubes, transistors, radio and television.

Plastics Technology. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: I.A. 231 or by specia l permission. A study of the indu stria l utilization, manufacture, and processing of plastics. Instruction and practice in tooling, thermo forming, casting, coating, and molding with plastics.

Industrial Arts Design. 2 hr. Second semester. A study of the principles of design as applied to problems of cons tru ction, drawing and sketching of projects for the major areas of Industrial Arts. Also, the study of current furniture sty les.

331. Welding. ;3 •. h r. First semester. Prerequisite: I. A. 132 or by special permission. four h,;mrs laboratory. Instruction and practice in the use of electric weld'irtg machines and the oxy-acetylene torch in welding and cutting

332. Power Mechanics I. 3 hr. Second semester. The study of the sources of power and bLthe machines used in its development with emphasis upon the internal' combustion engine

321. 325. 326. 327. 330.
120

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

H.--3-h-r. On demand. A study of the application of power to transportation and industry, it s developm e nt , transmission and

con trol.

LatJiElary 11HEI Je elr,. 3 hr : An ·i~tl: oduction to the basi c process of je welry construction and lapidary principles involving silver so ld ering, sawing, filing, ring construction, and setting of stones.

Survival Preparedness. 1 hr. A study of facts related to survival in time of local, state or n a tional disaster.

Driver Education and Traffic Safety I. 3 hr. First semester. Prer eq ui site: Twenty thousand miles or two years driving ex peri e nce free of r e p ea t ed chargeable accidents and moving violations. This course will in c lud e presentation of materials and methods of traffic safety and dri ver training with emphasis upon attitude, d evelopment, organization and administration, driving regulations and safe motor car operation.

General Safety. 3 hr. Second semester. This course is designed to familiarize th e student with problems of accfdent prevention and co n servation of human life and limb-. Emphasis will be placed in the following areas: occupational, transportation, farm and the home and sc ho ol. Instructional materials will be developed and studied.

Driver Education and Traffic Safety II. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisite: Driver Education I. This course will provide an opportunity to construct materials relating to and experiment with methods of pr esenting lessons in traffic safety and behind-the-wheel driving. Each student will be expec ted to teach a beginning driver.

Individual Studies in Industrial Arts. 1-3 hr. Prerequisite: Approv a l by department. Independent study of Industrial Arts to meet the needs of the student. For majors only.

Career Education. 3 hr On demand. A study providing students from K-12 the direction to acquire the skills which will allow him to make a livelihood for himself and for his future family, no matt er at which ladd er of the educational system he leaves.

Industrial Arts Methods and Observation. 2 hr. Professional Semester. The course will emphasize teaching methods and aids, course construction, testing, shop discipline, grading, safety and other problems pertinent to the teaching of the industrial arts.

Architectural Drawing. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: I. A. 222. Four hours laboratory . The principles of planning a dwelling to fit modern needs. Drawings will include: a plot plan, floor plan , four elevations, sections and details. Specifications will be det er mined by the student .for the dwelling '

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION

Th e college offers a major in vocational education teac her training )·n the fields of Home Economics ,( Office Occupations, ) and / Trade lndustria l Education. Requirements are: '---. /3.0- /:. ) \.._

L A comprehensive major of 45 semester hours.

-~J.-3.-3..,__ ..,p"'o"'v"',e"r-,Meehlmies-
335 . 337. 338. 340. 400. 425. 427.
·
T,;, ,I
121

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

2. Technical c ompeten cy or a minimum of 12 semester hour s in a subject to b e taught

3. Two years rece nt e mploym ent in th e fi e ld h e is to t eac h or equivalent.

4. Specialized vocational courses re quired :

(a) Vo cational Education 341

(b) Vocation al E du ca tion 342

(c) Vo ca tion al Education 343

5 Must m ee t th e general ed u cation a nd profes sion al e du cat ion requirements for th e college.

Courses of Instruction

V.E.

341. History and Philosophy of Vocational Education. 3 hr. Origins and philosophy of vo ca ti o nal ed u ca tion and th e relati onsh ip to th e school curri c ulum. R equired for vo ca tional certification and rec omm e nd e d as an e le cti ve for school admini s trators.

342.

Organiz a tion and Administration of Vocational Education . 3 hr. A study of the principles and policies governing the admini strat ion of vocational edu ca ti o n al pr ogra ms in high sc hool s, t ec hnical sc hool s, junior co ll eges, and adult education progra m s. Emphasis on th e administration of Federally aided program s of vo ca ti o nal education.

343.

Coordination Techniques in Vocational Education Programs. 3 hr. Analysis of Vo ca tional Cooperativ e Program s and thei r rel ationship to th e high sc ho ol, junior co ll ege, and adult vocational programs Emp h as is on th e organization a nd sup ervi sion of cooperative programs, duties and responsibiliti es of th e coor din a tor , selection and pl ace m e nt of students , a nd e va luation of students, training stations and the coo p erativ e program.

Industrial Internship. 1- 3 hr s. On d e mand. A work experience progri:tm for stud e nt s pr e parin g to tea c h i'n a vo c ational program Work experience includ es an acceptable type of wage ea rnin g employment in a business, manufa ct uring pl a nt or process in g indu stry approved by a qualified t eacher c oordinat o r.

Conference Leading. 3 hr On demand A cours e enabling one to lea d a co nference in business and industry Stud e nt s will learn to make a conference pl a n, a naly ze co nferenc e problems, dr aw inform a tion from the group , and bring th e c onferenc e to a conclusion by formulating reco mmendations for a plan of ac tion.

SAFETY EDUCATION Progr a m to qualify for Driv er Training and related ar eas I.A 33 7 340 335 338 P. E 8 215 Hours Driver Education and Traffic Safety I 3 Driver E du cation and Traffi c Safety II 3 Surviv al Pr eparednes s 1 General Safety 3 Beginning and Int ermediat e Swimmin g 1 F ir st Aid . 3 122

APPLIED ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY

Must hold a Nebraska driver's license

Must have a minimum driving record of two years and 20,000 mile s (state and local) free from chargeable accidents and moving traffic violations.

A teaching certificate with a teaching major or endorsement, in addition to driver education is required.

Driver Ed. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total Hours • ' 17
123

School of Natural Science

The School of Natural Science aims to provide for the needs of students in t eacher preparation , pre-professional areas and gen eral education. In each of these, ma themati cs and scien ce are regard e d both as a n organi ze d body of knowledge and as a m ethod of investigation Open-mind e dness and a genuine appreciation of our environment are encouraged. The relation of the subjects to curren t affairs, the dep e ndence of modern society upon the sc ience s, the research features of industry, medicine and government, as well as voca tion a l opportuniti es in the various fi e ld s are included in the program

The School of Natural Scie nce in clud es the subdivisions of biology , chemist r y, geography, general science , mathemati cs , physical science and physics. R e quirement s for concentration in any area are given in each subdivision. Student s are urged to obtain a wide range of training in severa l of these fi elds. Those who concentrat e their training in a par ticular field of science, with th e intention of teaching, are advised to take ex tensive work in one or two other fields.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE

Courses in Biology a re design e d to :

1. Provid e ba ckgro und and effect iv e t eac hing techniques.

2 Provid e a familiarity with th e n e wer philo so phies, theories, hypoth eses and t ec hniqu es in the fi e ld . •

3. Be b enefic ia l in e nter ing various profe ss ion a l vo ca tion s.

4. Provid e background for. gra duat e study Requirements

Biol.
for Fie
Concentration Biol. Hours 101 Genera l Biolo gy (Plant) . 3 10 2 General Bio logy (Animal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 203 Inv ert ebra te Zoo logy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 304 Comparative Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 306 Mo rphology of Lower Plants · . 3 307 Morphology of Seed Pl a nts . 3 404 Genetics 3 408 Mod ern Bio logy 3 41 7 Eco logy . .. .. .... .... .... . . ......... ... ....... . .... . 3Elect iv e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Chem. 101 General C)le mistry 4 102 General Ch em istry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 T o t a l hour s . 40-41 Courses of Instruction 101. General Biology (Plant) . 3 hr. Each semester. Two hours classwork. Two or three hour s laboratory. A b as ic course in botany. 124
ld of

NATURAL SCIENCE

102. General Biology (Animal). 3 hr. Each semester. Two h ours classwork. Two or three hours laboratory,. A ha si c course in zoo logy.

203 . Invertebrate Zoology. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: Biology 10 2. Two hours classwork a nd two to three hours la boratory Structure , classification and relationship of the invertebrate anima ls.

204. Vertebrate Zoology. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: Biology 102. Two hours classwork and two to three hours of lab oratory T he a n a tom y, development and phylogeny of the vertebrates.

301. Microbiology. 3 hr. On demand. Pr erequisites: Biology 101, Chemistry 101 and 102. Two hours classwork and two to three hour s of laboratory per week. An introducti on to microbiology.

304. Comparative Anatomy. 3 hr. Second se mester. Prerequisites: Biology 102 and 203 or permission. Two hours classwork and two to three hour s of laboratory per week. The anatomy of the shark, salamander and cat.

306. Morphology of the Lower Plants. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisit e : Biology 101. Two hours classwork, two to three hours laboratory. Structure, anatomy and form of the low er plan ts, and their effects on man.

307. Morphology of the Seed Plants. 3 hr. Second semester. Prerequisit es : Biology 101 and 306. Two hours classwork , two to three hour s laboratory. Form and structure of the seed plants and their economic value.

310. Biological Readings 1-3 hr. By arrang e ment only. Prerequisite: 12 h ours of science . Work is done under the guidanc e of the instructor through a series of written reports and conferences. May not be used to me e t science requirements.

402G. Independent Study in Biology. 1-3 hr. On demand. Permits student to do advanced work in variou s fields of biology. Prerequisite: The ba ckground to do the work and the ability to do extensive, individual study. Permission of the instructor re quired for registration.

404G. Genetics. 3 hr. Second semester alternate years. Prerequisite: 15 hours of biol ogy. Three hours classwork. The principl es of he redity.

405G. Histology. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: 15 hours of biology. One hour clas swork a nd at least 4 hour s of laboratory p er week. A detailed study of the microscopic anatomy of mammalian organs.

406G Embryology. 3 hr. On demand. Prerequisite: 15 h ours of se lect ed biology courses. Two hours classwork and thr ee or more hours of lab ora tory Embryology as exemp lifi ed by the frog, the chick, the pig and man.

407G. Human Physiology. 3 hr. On d e mand. Prerequisite: At least two co urses in animal biology. A detailed study of functions of human organs.

408G Modern Biology. 3 hr. Second semester a lt ernate years. Three hour s classwork and demonstrations. Prerequisite: 15 semester hours of biology.

125

NATURAL SCIENCE

A co urse d esig ned to acquaint advanced students a nd , graduates with BSCS biology and other recent d evelopm e nt s in thi s a nd rel a t e d fields.

415G. Taxonomy. 3 hr. Firs t semester a lt ern a t e years. Two hours classwork and two to four hours of laboratory work a nd fi e ld study. Th e classification and identification of plant s Of co nsid erabl e value to teachers of biolog y.

417G Ecology. 3 hr. F ir s t se m ester alternate years. Three hour s classwork. A st udy of organisms in r e lat ion to their e nvironment s.

CHEMISTRY

Co urs es in Chemistry ar e d es ig ned t o :

1. Pro vi de pr eparation for teac hin g.

2. Pro vi d e background for e ntry into fields in industr y and the government.

3. Giv e pre-professional pr epa ration for medi ci n e, denti s try, nursing, e tc.

Courses of Instruction

General Chemistry. 4 hr. First se mest er. Three hour s classwork a nd two hours laboratory. The fundam enta ls of chemi stry. Non-metals and th eir compounds. F<]r those who have not had high school chemistry

General Chemistry. 4 hr Second semester. Prere qui site: Chemistry 101. Three hours classwork, two hours laboratory Appli ca tion of th e fundamental s of chemi st ry , m eta ls a nd their co mpound s a nd a n introduction to organic and analy t ical chemistry.

205. Principles of Qualitative Analysis. 4 hr. First se meste r, alternate years. Prer eq uisit e: Chemistry 102. Two hour s clas swor k, six hours laboratory. Prin cip les of qualitative analysis and th e ir appli c ation in the laboratory.

206. Principles of Quantitative Analysis. 4 hr. Second semester, a lt ernat e years. Prereq ui sit e: Chemistry 205. Two hours classwork, six hour s labor ato ry . Prin c ipl es of quantitative analysis a nd their application in th e laboratory

209. Introductory Organic Chemistry 3 hr. On dem a nd Prerequi sit e: Ch e mi stry 101. Two hours classwork, three hours laboratory The fundamentals of organic ch e mi s try, covering both aliphatic and aro m at ic chemistry with e mpha sis on those phases of th e co urs e which may b e applicable to nursipg and - home eco nomics.

303. Organic Chemistry. 4 hr. First se me ster, a lt e rnate years. Pr er e quisite : Chemistry 102. Three hours classwork, three hours labo ra tory Compounds of th e aliphatic series.

304. Organic Chemistry. 4 hr. Second semester, a lt ernat e years. Prer e quisit e : Chemistry 303. Three hours of classwork, thr ee hours of laboratory. A co ntinuation of Chemistry 303 with further intensiv e study of aro mati c se ri es, dyes, hormones, vit amins and drugs.

--,
126

NATURAL SCIENCE

305 Organic Pre paration s. 2 hr. Second semester, alternate year s With th e conse nt of the instructor, th e, stud ent may tak e extra labo rato r y work in the syn th es is of orga ni c compounds.

310 . Hi sto ry and Literature of Chemistry . 1-4 h r. By arrangement. Pr er e quisit e: thirte e n hou rs of approve d chemistry . Th e work to b e done und er th e gu id ance of th e in s tru ctor t h ro ugh a seri es of confer e n ces and reports.

3 12 . Physical Chemi stry. 3 hr. On dem a nd . Pr ere qui si tes : Ph ys ics 20 1 a nd 202, Ch e niistr y 10 2 and 206. Physi ca l laws of ch e mi stry and th e ir application in th e laboratory. Thr ee hour s classwork.

40 1. Independent Study in Chemistry 1-4 hr. On demand. Prereq ui sit es: Che mi s tr y 1 01 , 102 , 2 0 5, 206, 303 and 3 04 A labo ratory co ur se in whic h th e st ud ent, wit h th e gu id a n ce of th e adv iso r , se lec t s and condu c t s a research proj ect culminating in a prepare d paper.

(

GENERAL SCIENCE

Co urses in Genera l Sc ie n ce are d es igned to:

1. Provid e th e broad b ac kground for t eac hing genera l courses in science in th e ele m en t ary and seco nd a ry sc h oo ls.

2 Provid e supporting co ur ses for specia li za tion in a sp ecifi c sc ie n ce.

3. T o provide th e broad ba ckground for certa in vo ca tions w h ere t hi s training is require d.

R e quirem ents for F ie ld of Concentration Hours

Pl ant Biolog y Animal Biology

Inv e rtebrat e Zoology . .... . . .. . ............... .

Comparative Ana tom y .. . .. . .... .. ... . .. . ..... .

Morphology of Lo wer Plant s

Morpholog y of Seed Pl an t s

Gen eral Ch e mistry .............. . ..... .. . . . .. .

Ge n eral Ch e mi stry · '.

General Ph ys ics

G e n era l Ph ysics

Prin of Geo graphy

G e n eral Geology

World Regional Geograp h y Math e mati cs ...... . .... .. . . . . . .... ..... ... .. .

Tot a l hour s

Courses of Instruction

Biological Science 3 hr. Each sem es te r. Tw o hours classwork and tw o to thr ee h o urs of lab ora tor y per we e k. A n int eg rat e d co ur se co vering th e va rious ph ases of n at ural sc ie nce.

Phy sical Science. 3 hr. Each semester. Two hours of classwork and two 12 7

Biol. Ch
m. Ph ys. Geog. Gen. Sci. 201. 202. 101 102 203 304 306 307 101 10 2 20 1 202 l 01 201 20 8
e
0

NATURAL SCIENCE

or three hours of laboratory per week. An integrated course covering the various phases of physical science.

205. The Principles of Biological Science. 3 hr. Each semester. An integrated course specifically designed for the non-science student, covering the various phases of man's biotic world, by a variety of learning experiences in demonstrations, experimentation and visual aids. Does not apply on the major concentration or support in biology.

206. The Principles of Physical Science. 3 h r. Each semester. An integrated course specifica ll y designed for the non-science student, covering the various phases of man's physical and chemical world. Experiences in a variety of learning situations, such as demonstrations, experiments, instructional television and other visual aids Does not app ly on the major concentration or support in physical science

301. Earth Science. 3 hr. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, 6 hours of laboratory science. A course dealing with the physical aspects of our enviro nm ent, includin g astronomy, climatology, meteorology, geo logy and oceanography.

331. Elementary School Science. 3 hr. Three hours attendance. Objectives, content and methods of teaching science in the e lementary grades.

343. Concepts in Modern Science. 3 hr. A course designed to provide basic information on the recent trends of the various scientific disciplines. Of specia l value to persons who want to keep abreast of modern developmen ts in scienc ~

430G. Environmental_ Science. 3 hr. A workshop designed to provide an understanding of the eco logi ca l problems confronting modern man, and proposed techniques for their so lution

476. Methods of Teaching Science a nd Mathematics. 2 hr. First and second semester. Objectives, content and methods of teaching science and mathematics in the high sc hool.

498G. Process Approach t o Science. 3 hr. A course designed to develop techniques in presenting science through basic processes such as time/space r e l ation ships, classifying, communicating, predicting hypothesis, experimentation and int erpreting data. •.

Aerospace Science. 3 hr. A workshop designed to provide an understanding . of aerospace developments which are vital to our socia l political environment. tO f Se .z.: /l e1w,,1,.t P d.l)~1-1".,-cA,Jl J

GEOGRAPHY.,. 1 c, -

499G. 1e£C.tt. _ ,...-, rr-0 -v"_-,- f.(Earth Science) I~ l

Courses in Geography are designed to: f-t;1 /1)-elci.f' 1. l &«-"j f J-1.-.. r O;or,,,.,.. ,

1. Emphasize the major systematic a nd practical fields.

2. Develop an understanding of the relationship between man and hi s environment.

3. Give an adeq u ate background for teaching and understanding of effective teaching techniques.

• • ·
128

4. Give background for .employment by various governmental agencies.

* Required of Secondary Teachers who are planning to teach Geography

• ·o TE-No n-teach ers should tak e F ie ld Geography in place of th e m e thods co ur se as a requirement for co nc e ntration in Geography.

If Geography is planned in teacher educa tion, another endorsement is required See advisors for particulars.

Courses of Instruction

Principles of Geography. 3 hr. An introductory study of th e relationships of man -a nd environment with e mphasis placed upon climatic regions of th e world. Two hours lec ture, two hours laboratory.

Cultura l Geography. 3 hr. The st udy of the c ultural e le ments of the la nd scape with emphasis on the origin of man, migra tion , se ttlement and th e eco nomi cs of m an. Two hours le c ture and two hour s laboratory

General Geology. 4 hr. First semester. An introduction to the theories of th e earth's origin, the study of the ea rth's s'tructur e and material s with special emphasis on ro c ks, minerals and landform s. Three hours lect ur e a nd two hours laboratory.

Geography of Nebraska. 3 hr. Prerequ isite : Geog. 101. A correla tion of the physical and histori ca l base of th e state's pres ent agriculture, manufa cturing and service industries.

World Regional Geography. 3 hr. Pr ereq uisite: Geog. ·101 and 103. A study of the major regions of the world with particular attention to how man ha s utili ze d the earth's r eso ur ces from area to area:- This co urse is particularly designed for th e t eac her who ca nnot enroll in a co mpl e t e geography program. Lecture a nd lab.

Physiography of the United States. 4 hr. Prerequisites: Geog. 101 and 103 A regional study of l a ndform provin ces with special l<mphasis on the r e lationship betw een landforms, climate, soils, vegetation and min era l resources. Three hour s le c ture and two hours laboratory.

NATURAL
SCIENCE
Geog. Requirements for Field of <; oncen t ration Hours 101 103 208 210 201 305 311 312 326 * 403G 404G Prin cipl es of Geography , 3 Cultural Geography 3 - World Regional Geography 3 Physiography of the United States 4 OR Gen e ral Geology 4 Economic Geography 3 Urban Geography 3 Geography of Anglo America 3 Conservation of Natural Resour ces 3 Special Problems and Techniques in Geography 2 Philosophy of Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 G eogra phy electives 5 Total hours 34
Geo g . .e, 101. to ~e," : 103. .,,,.,~ 201. 210.
129

NATURAL SCIENCE

300. Geography of Asia. 3 hr. Prerequisite: Geog. 101. A region al study of th e m ajor countries of Asia with emphasis upon relief, climate, resour ces, government a nd industri a l development.

304. Meteorology and Climatology. 3 hr. The physical factors influ e ncing th e climate with pra c tical work in int er preting meteorological records and forecasting. Two hours lec ture, two hours laboratory.

305. Economic Geograpp.y. 3 hr. Prerequisit es: Geog . 101 and 103. An analysis of world land resources, agric ultural products , forest and marine resources , ba sic minin g industries , manufa c turing, trade patterns and transportation routes.

310. Geography of Africa. 3 hr. Pr erequisit e: Geog. 101. A geographical analysis of the continent. Emphasis is plac ed upon recent spiri t of nationalism a nd the eco nomi c and physi ca l base of se lecte d nation s.

311. Urban Geography. 3 hr. Study of th e origin, distribution, internal structure and functions of urban d eve lopment s with emphasis on lo cation features of econo mic and cu ltural phenomena.

312 Geography of Anglo-America. 3 hr. Prerequisite: Geog. 101 or senior standing. A study of th e United States and Canada by n at ural regions. In each case an eva luation of the phy sical and economic bas e will be mad e in th e light of present economic developm e nt.

313. Geography of South America. 3 hr. Fi rst semester. Prerequi sit e: Geo g. 101. The geographic region s of South America ana lyzed in their n at ural , political and eco nomi c settings. The economic relations between south America a nd th e United States.

326 Conservation - of Natural Resources 3 hr. An evaluation of soil, wate r , mineral, forestry, fish , air and recreation resources in order to develop an appreciati<-rn of their importance and the seriousness of the problem. Wh e n po ssib le, actual exa mpl es will be studied in th e field.

403G. Special Problems and Techniques in Geography. 2 hr. Designed to provide vi. A an opportunity for students to experiment with and learn new techniqu es

,/,ti in Geography in struction based upon th e individual needs and interest of

' eac h student. Offered th e first nin e weeks of the secondd_ professional t_..(),_v-1, ....- ) ' semester in eac h academic year. For teacher education can 1dates.

404G History and Philosophy of Geography. 2 hr. Prerequisites: Geog. 101 and 103. A study of the basic philosophies ofgeography including the study of the hi st ory of geographic thought from a nci ent to modern times.

411G. Field Geography. 2 hr. Pre re quisit e: Geog. 101. An intens iv e course of training in the geographic field methods and in the direct a pplication of geographic principles to important problems in selected di stricts Two hours lectur e, laboratory by a rrang e m ent.

470. Independent 0 Study in Geography. 1 to 3 hr. Pr ereq uisite: junior or sen ior standing,_ with adequate "preparation in the field and the instructor' s permission. Individual instruction in the techniques of geographic resear c h , with eith er exte nsiv e re ading s and reports or a t e rm paper r eq uir e d. Highl y recom mended for stud e nt s co ntempl a ting graduate work in geography

494. Current Topics in Geography. 3 hr. A geographic st udy of current topic s generally involving such subjects as pollution, space geography, agricultur al

a Jvta- l'"""r.
.u, j _ 4 'I::.,,.- e.a,.;.,
130

495 . 49 9G .

NATURAL SCIENCE

geography, geography or transportation, geography of primary produ ction, and rocks and minerals. These courses to be given on d e mand but only one topic 494 to be given each semester. ,,

Regional Topics in Geography. 3 hr. A study of world areas by ph ysi ca l divisions with emphasis on the interrelationship between c ultural and physical features of each region. Course topics selected from the following regions: Middle East, Southeast Asia, U.S.S R., Asia, Middl e Ameri ca, South America, Australia and the Islands, Eastern Europe an d Western Europe. Only one topic course 495 offered each semester.

Political Geography. 3 hr. Prerequisites: Geog. l0land 102. Geography as a factor in the differentiation of political phenomena in various p ar ts of th e world. The modern state in relation to its environment and the int errelationship of nations as a result of their geographical strengths and weaknesses.

I MATHEMATICS

Co urses in Mathematics are designed to:

l. Provide the appropriate b ~ ground for teaching.

2. Provid e an acquaintance with the literature in the field and with th e mod e rn trends.

3. Provide the necessary background for vocations in mathematics other than teaching.

4. Provide a foundation for entry into graduate schools.

100. Mathematics. 3 hr. Each term. Required of all students who are 'n basic mathematical skills as revealed by a standardized test , given durin the fr e shman The course covers the fundamental process es including algebra and the application thereof; does not apply in mathematics field of concentration.

101. College Algebra. 3 hr. First semester. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. For terminal students or those who specifically need algebra in certain pre-professional programs. Fundamental algebraic prin-

th . Math. 105 106 304 305 309 310 406 Requirements for Field of Concentration Hours Fundamentals of Mathematics . 5 Fund~mentals of Mathematics 5 Modern Geometry 3 Sta tis tics ........................ .. ........ " . . 3 , Calculus with Analytic Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Calculus with Analytic Geometry . ...... . ... .. , . . . 5 Mod ern Algebra 3 Mathematics electives 3 Total hours 32 Courses of Instruction
131

cipl es and subsequ ent algebraic processes. This course not to be taken for c redit by students who have comp le ted Math 105.

Introduction to Data Processing. 3 hr. On d emand. An introduction to the concepts and basic features of e le ctronic computers. An overview of the makeup of computer systems and of the structure and usage of computer languages is presented. FORTRAN IV is used to illustrate the co ur se and give the student direct comp utin g exper ien ce.

Slide Rule and Logarithms. 2 hr. On demand. Two hours per week. Thi s course gives the st ud ent skill in the use of the slide rule ·and log arit hm s.Recommended for science majors.

Fundamentals of Mathematics. 5 hr. F ir st semester. A course intended for the student who plans to pursue a college program requiring a substantia l amou nt of training in mathematics. The content of thi s course includes an introduction to symbo li c logic and set theory of applicat io n s, a study of th e number system, e lementary theory of group s and fields, an introdu ction to the function co n cept and study of alg ebraic functions. Various aspects of math e matics are combined to mak e it practical in so lving modern probl ems.

Fundamentals of Mathematics. 5 hr. Second semester. Prerequisit e: Math. 105. Content includes the study of trigonometri c, exponent ial and logarithm ic functions, and introduction to ana lytic geometry and som e ca lcu lu s.

Basic Concepts of Mathematics. 3 hr. Second semester and summer. A n introduction to the various number bases and th e development o f concepts fundamental to eac h Other topics included are: elementary set theory, a lgebra, geometry and problems related to th e field of busiI1e ss ; does not apply on the math ematics field of co nc entration.

FORTRAN Programming. 3 hr. On demand. Pr ereq uisit e Math 102 or consent of instru ctor. The FORTRAN IV Language a nd its applicati o n to problem so lving is discussed in d etai l. The st udent' s _ work includ e analyzing a problem a nd developing a progrnm relative to his field o f int erest.

Surveying. 2 hr. On d e mand. Prerequisites: Mathematics 105 and 10 6 or equiva lent. Two h ours classwork, six hours of fi~ld work durin g fi rs t quarter. Fundamental theory and practice, use of transit, U. S. Pub li Land Surveys and field office work.

Algebraic and Geometrical Concepts. 3 hr. Summer. Prerequisite: Math 200 ,or perJnission. A course dealing with alg e brai c and geometr i conce'pts. Specific topics include: logi c, sets, positive and neg ati ve numbers, equatio n s and inequalities. Geometric phases includ e: Mea su rements, space, plane, lin e and properties of such closed curves as th triangle, rectangle and ci rcl e as well as other figures with th eir prop er ti developed intuiti ve ly; does not apply on the mathematics field co n ce ntration grades 9-12.

102. o-r IJ"'-J /ca. ; () -'J..'l .,r, I 104 106. 200. 204. ()-1" /l"t-.J le>l./ ;r !l!'f--'1 I 218. 300.
NATURAL SCIENCE
132

NATURAL SCIENCE

Modern Geometry. 3 hr. F irst se m ester. Prerequi sit e: 10 hour s of m athemati cs . A cour se d es ign e d primarily to pr e p are m at h e mati cs tea chers for dealing with a m o der n, high· s.s; hool math e mati cs pro gram A p o i nt set approach t o geometry.

Statistics. 3 hr. ·First se mester. A study of the appro ac h to ·a nd the · tools ne e ded for d ea lin g with th e co lle c tion, a nalysis , interpretati on a nd pr ese ntation of data. Highly re co mmended for thos e wh o expec t to e nt er gra duat e sc hool. Stud e nt s in non-m a them at ica l field s co n sult w ith advisors ..

Calculus with Analytic Geometry. 5 hr. F ir st semester. Pr er equisit es : Ma th 105 an d 106 or equivalent. The co urs e includ es th e stud y of a n a lytic geometry, fun c tion s, limit s, co ntinuit y, velo c ity , differenti a ti on , inverse of differentiation , seco nd derivatives, ma x im a a nd mii1i ma, as we ll as other related topics. ·

Calcu lu s with Analytic Geometry. 5 hr. Second se m es te r. Pr ere qui sit e: Math 3 09 or equivalent. Topi cs includ e tri go nom e tri c function s, antider iv a ti ves, th e d efi nite int egra l, thr ee -dim e n sio nal fi gur es, t ranslation and rotation , ex pon e nti a l functions, hyp erb o li c fun c ti o n s, int egrat ion , p o lar coordin a t e s and re lated topi cs

Independent Study in Mathematics. 1- 2 hr. Pr ere qui sit e: 15 h our s in m a th e m a t ics. By perm iss ion o nl y. Special assig nm e nt s, proj e c ts a nd rea ding to b e arranged:

Calculus 111. 3 hr. Seco nd se mes t er. Pr er e qui sit es : Math 309 and 310 or equival e nt. Designed to giv e the stud e nt a revi ew o f ca lculu s a nd appl y ing it to c ompl ex probl e m s in mathem a ti cs.

Statistics. 3 hr. A study of th e m ethod s of summarizing and int erpr et in g data , elementary probability and its r e la tion to di stribution s. Th e meanings, import a nc e, a nd applications of th e norm a l and binomical di stribution s. The m e thods of r a ndom sampling, testin g o f hypoth eses, a na lysis of paired data , and int erpr eta tion of standardized t es t scor es

Concepts and Techniqu es of Mod e rn Mathematics. 3 hr. On d emand. Pr er e qui sit e: Math 200 or p e rmi ss io n A sem in ar co ur se d es ign e,d t o giv e basic information in th e teachin g of mod ern mathem a ti cs in th,e ,e le m e nt ary scho o ls and to in co rporat e th e latest co n ce pt s and t ec hniqu es in thi s in s tru c tion. Thi s c our se doe s not apply tow a rd mathem a ti cs speciali zati o n at th e secondary leve l and is open o nly to those wh o are pur suing an e lementary program

Modern Algebra. 3 hr F irst sem es t er. Prer e quisite s: Math 105 , 106 , 309 a nd 310 or eq uivalent. A study of variou s a lgebra ic sys t e ms arising in modern mathemati ca l computations. Cont e nt includ es a study of se ts, mapping s a nd op erations , rel a tions, dev elop ment of real numb ers systems, integral doma ins and fi elds, polynomial dom ains and comp lex number fi e ld

Modern Algebra. 3 hr. Second se m es ter. Continuation of Math. 406 A study of groups, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, linear equations and determinants , lin e,a r algebras, rings and Boolean a lgebras.

304. 309. 310. 311. 312. 406. 407.
133

NATURAL SCIENCE

416. Differential Equations. 3 hr. Alternate years. Consult mathemati cs departm e nt. Fo rmation of differentia l equations, equations of high ord er, linear equation with constant and variable co-efficients, partial differentiation, application of geometry, mechanics and physics. Student must have proficiency in calc ulu s.

418G Linear Algebra. Alternat e years. The theory of linear transformations in vector spaces, the representation of linear spaces in matric es , linear functionals, and th e application of the se concepts.

419G Topology. 3 hr. Second semester. A modern treatment of topology with emphasis on fundam e nt a l concepts and principal results of homology th eory, topological spaces, linear graphs, set theory, metric int e rpr eta tion as well a s other related topics.

PHYSICAL SCIENCE

Co urse s in Phy sical Scienc e are d ~s ign e d to:

1. Give the preparation to teach both Chemistry th e a rea. and Physics in the schools of

2. Provid e the mor e ge n eral background for certain vocations other th a n te ac hing.

It is r eco mmend ed that additional work be taken in eith er Chemistry or Phy sics to assur e admission to graduate study.

PHYSICS

Courses in Physics are design ed to:

,,,-,----
Ch e m. 101 102 205 303 Phys. 201 202 306 3 07 Math. 105 106 Biol. 101 102 G e og. 201 R e quirements for Fi e ld of Concentration Hours Gen e ral Chemistry 4 General _G hemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Prin . of Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Org a ni c Chemistry 4 General Phy sics . 4 General Physics 4 Astronomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Introduction to Mod ern Physics 4 Physics electives 3 Fundamentals of Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Fundamentals of Math e matics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Plant Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Animal Biology . 3 G e n e ral Geology 4 Physical Geography electives 6 Total hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
1. Me et th e needs of those who will te ach Physics. 2 . Provide a basis for cer tain voc a tions other than teac hing . 3. Provide a basis for further study in the fi e ld. 134

NATURAL SCIENCE

Phy s. 201.

Courses of In s truction

General Physics. 4 hr. First se m ester. P,rere qui site: Ma them atics 105. Three hour s classwork, two hours · laboratory. Mechanics, so und and heat.

202. General Physics. 4 hr. Second semester. Prer eq ui sit e: Phy sics 201 or permission. Three hours classwork, two hours laboratory. Light, electricity an d magn et ism.

302. Analytical Mechanics. 3 hr Pr ereq uisit es: Physics 202 and Math 310. The dev elopm ent of th e principles of m ec h anics by the use of calculus and vector a n a lysis.

304. Elements of Optics. 4 hr. Prerequi sit e: Physi cs 202. Three hour s classwork, two Jiours laboratory. Geometrical optics, physi ca l optics, quantum optics, optical instruments, and polarization.

306. Astronomy. 3 hr. On demand. A basic course deali ng with a s tudy of th e heav en ly bodies, th e solar system and the univ erse Telescopic observation is a part of this course. Of considerable value to sc ience t eac h ers.

307. Introduction to Modern Physics. 4 hr. Pr ere qui sites: Phy sics 202 and Chemistry 101. Three hour s clas~ork, two hours laboratory. Atomic and nuclear relativity, Bohr a tom th eory, qu a ntum th eory, X-rays, nucl ear instruments, radioactivity, nucl ear reacti o ns and e leme ntary particles .

310. History and Literature of Physics. 1-2 hr. Eac h se mester and summ er. By arrangement. Work to be done under the guid ance of the in st ructor through a series of reports and conferences.

328 . Electronics. See I. A. 328, Prerequisite: Physics 202.

341. Electromagnetic Theory. 3 hr . Prerequisites: Phy sics 202 and Math 309. Electric and magn etic theory, wave propagation, A. C. and D C. circuit theory, magnetic induction, di e lec tri cs, Gauss' law, and Maxw e ll 's e quation s.

400. Thermodynamics. 3 hr. Prereq ui sites: 15 h o urs of physics and Math 310. A study of t emperat ure and thermometry, the law s of therm odyna mi cs and their applications and an introduction to kin e ti c theory.

401. Independent Study in Physics. 1-3 hr. Individual proj ects of a laboratory and library natur e for qualified physi cs students. By special permission only

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA

Most professional schools require for entrance two or more years of college cre dit in nera l education or basic liberal a rts courses which vary only slightly from one profession o a nother. Since such work is required for th e professional curricula in training teachers, th is College offers a variety of courses that serve as pre-professional educat ion Suggested am o ng th ese are tho se for pro sp ective doctor s, de ntist s, ph a rmaci sts, optometrists, nurses, Ye ter inarian s, engineers, agriculturists, foresters, morti cians, and others. It is almost impossi b le to list all of the many pr e-professional courses curricula. This does not preclude the ava ilability of other pre-profession a l courses a t Peru State. A student following a pre-pro-

135

NATURAL SCIENC E

fess io na l program is urged to secure a bull e tin from th e in stitution to which h e int e nd s to transfer in order that specific requirements will b e met The various pre-professio nal pro gra m s ar e descr ib e d under th e a ppropri ate sc hool. Pre

It should b e re m emb ered th at there a re various programs within agr ic ulture, and ther efo r e the program mu st b e plann ed t o mee t la t er needs Co n sult the ca talo g of th e pro fess ional school you plan t o attend to m ake certain you meet the pre -ag ri cul tu re requirements. Grades o f less th a n average will generally not transfer t o profes sion al scho o ls. The following program is suggested for th e first si x ty

tran sfer. T h e plan b elow is quit e general.

Pr e- Medic al and Pre-Dental

The pre-medical student should plan to become a ca ndidate for th e lib era l ar d eg r ee with a ge n era l sc ienc e m ajor. He is a ls o advised to sample all the hum a niti es and obtain a well rounded prog ra m Only sup er ior stud e nt s may hop e t o be acce pt ed br med ica l sc hool s. Personality a nd reputation are important factors which may b e more si gnifi ca nt th an m ere ly m ee tin g minimum requirements. Fe w ca ndid a t es are acc epted without the A.B. d egree. Wh a t is said regarding pre-medicine is also tru e with pr e -d en program s except th a t th e A.B. d egree at pr ese nt is no t an ab so lute prerequisite . Be lo is a sugges t e d program for b o th p rograms, but th e student is advised to secure a catal og from th e professional school h e ex p ects to atte nd , as individual schools vary · r e quir e ment s Admission t es t s ar e required of a ll appli ca nts, a nd are administered b y th e

a t leas t one year before a ppli ca ti o n is ma d e.

Pre-Mortuary

Th e · following

ary

e nc e program is suggested as pr ereq uisit e fo r ' entering a Co ll ege

-Ag riculture
hou rs: English CoJYlpositj,_on . . . . . .. .. . ... .. . 6 Physics ... .. ... . ... . ... : ... ... .. 8 Biolo~y -~~ ( -~ H o:f.Q,:- .~'!".:.i\ )/-t..-.'-r":.1~'"i8 ( Eco nom ics 6 Chemistry .1--.,,;:;. C Y:"!J,_·i,,:in:.. J. "J ... . . 8 Sp eec h 3 Mathematics )C'r-.-t-.c;, ·....1 .c..., J'(,., . . ... . 5 Acco unting 3 Gov ernm e nt , 3 E le ctiv es H i Pre -Engin ee ring Su ggested program for th e firs t two years: English Co mpo siti o n 6 Ch e mi s try 8 Math e m a ti cs ..................... 26 Physics ...... . .. ... . . ... . .. ..... 8 Indu stri a l Arts (Dra win g ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 E lec tiv es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Pr e-Fo re s try T h e requirements for different forestry sc ho o ls vary . Ea rly in th e pre -fo r estry program th e student should co nsult th e cata lo g of the co ll ege h e plans to a ttend lat er. Grades o f b e low average will probably not
English Co mpo sition , 6 Econo mi cs 6 Biol ogy 15 Go vernm e nt 3 Chemistry 8 Speech 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Physics . . . . .... . . . ............. .
Educational Testing
English Co mpo sition 6 Biology l _ Chemistry . 24 Physics Mathem a tic s 10 Langu age 16Psychology ,. . ·.. . . ..... . . . . . ... . ... 3 Elec tive s and .requirements . . . . . . 37 -4 1
Service
Mortu
English Co mpo sition 6 Speech , Mathem a ti cs 5 Physical Ed u cat ion _ Chemistry_ 12-16 Accounting '. '. · _ Biology ,. , , 12 E lec tive s 12- 1 136
Sci

NATURAL SCIENCE

Some co ll eges of nursing require two years (60 semester hours) of pre-nursing, o thers require less. Students following a pre-nursing ' curriculum sho uld know the re q uirements of the particular school of nursin~ to which they will transfer. The :;rro gram below, based on two semesters and one summ er, will meet the r e quirements to ai te r the Univ e rsity of Nebraska School of Nursing.

This program is based upon 60 hours of basic sc ien ce and must includ e at least the -ollo

Restricted elect iv es from the fo ll owing areas: business, economics, English, fine , foreign languages , history, philosophy, psychology and speech .

th e cata log f the co llege you expect to attend.

SEMI-PROFESSIONAL ~ND TERMINAL

Students who are unable to att e nd co ll ege four years or more and wish to pr e par e -o r vocations re quiring less time in preparation will find a variety of educat ion al op po rtunities in this College. There are increasing opportunities today for young p eo ple in the occupational area classified as semi-professiona l. Examp les of th ese are Me dical Tec hno logy and X-Ray Technology which are described below. A student int erested in an occupation in the above classification sh ou ld know the requir e ments of the par ti cular professional or te chnical schoo l to which he will transfer. It will then be poss ibl e for a counse lor to assist him in making a parallel program of the required fo r m al co ll ege courses .

Medical Technology

To qu a lify for adm ission to a college of technology, students are reqilired' to earn 60 se mester hpurs of co lleg e credit. T h e program for the first two yea rs as outlined be low meets th e above requirement. Also , a student may wish to qualify for a degree in w hic h case he sho uld follow the suggested program for the third year. This, however, sh o uld be approved and cleared with the Registrar before following a degree program.

X-Ray Technician

The following program is recommended for students who may wish to be X-Ray Te chnicians and also earn a Bachelor of Science degree. Upon completion of the p rogram suggested below, the st ud ent may transfer to a co llege of radiology.

Pre-Nursing
En glish Composition 6 Sociology · . 6 Oi e mistry 4 Psy chology •. 3 io logy 6 History 6 Ho me Economics 3 Speech , . 3 Electives . . . 2 Pre-Pharmacy
wing: En gl ish Composit ion ......... ... ... 6 In o rganic Chemistry .' 8 General Biology .... . ............. 6 General Physics .......... .. . . .. .. 8 Analytical Chem istry 8 Mathematics 5
Examine
Engl ish Composition 6 Mathematics 10 Bio logy
History 6 Ch emistry
Sociology . 3 Physics
Physical Educa tion · 2
15
12-18
8
Eng li sh Composition 6 Biology 6 Chemistry 8 Business Education 21 :\fathematics · 10 Physical E du cat ion 2 Physics 8 Electives 5 137

DEGREES GRANTED IN THE YEAR 1971

Larson, Susan L.

BACHELOR OF ARTS

May 29, 1971

McMullen, Janet

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION

January 22, 1971

Cogdill, Darlene M.

Davison, David Allan

Deuchler, Otto Charles

Bender, Gerald M.

Beran, Sara M.

Berry, Daisy J.

Biere, Harlan F.

Blair, Jean E.

Bradley, Lawrence T.

Burgess, Mary Ann

Collin, Danny D.

Dettman, Naomi Y.

Henning, Alan L.

Hulette, William F.

Arends, Merlyn Wittler

Cripe, Harlan J.

Isaacson, Leland

Estle, Lola Jean

Hunzeker, Nancy Sue

Thomas, Donna Mary

Will, Frederick William

May 29, 1971

Kubik, Ronald E.

Langer, Carol

McMullen, Janet

Miller, Ivan V.

Nelson, Gary D.

Owen, Clifford D.

Prior, Harold D.

Riensche, Roger

Tynon, Carol A.

Whitney, Judy K.

Williams, Lanny L.

August 13, 1971

Meritt, Ellen

Million, Barbara Harms

O'Connor, Jane Margaret

Wymore, Steven E.

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN EDUCATION

January 22, 1971

Allen, Benjamin M.

Field, Wilson .E_. IV

Corbett, Christopher P.

Kingery, Barbara J.

Martin, Maynard D.

May 29, 1971

Greany, Connie Llndbloo m

Wassil, William M.

Miller, Ivan V.

Munson, Richard R.

Pummel, Jacquelyn A.

Tackett, Joseph A.

138

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

January 22, 1971

Bolinger, Michael D.

Cotner, Ronald Lee

Davis, Bruce

Deal, Michael Steven

Fe nton, Thomas B.

Harry, Merlin Lynn

Kean, William Charles

Bodie, Phyllis J .

Bohl, Harlan R.

Bourne, Richard L.

Bukacek, Jody A.

Ca rroll, Richard J.

Crunk, Sharon F.

Dea n, St even L.

Dieckhoff, Sharon K.

Dory, Harold L.

Dra ke, St even C.

Engelkemier, Ellen

Fa verio , Daniel J .

Gree n, Larry J.

Gre enwald, Jeffrey C.

Hammer, David Wayne

Hoemann, Gary L.

Kingery, Barbara Jean

Curren, V. Elaine

Frerichs, Jane Ann

Gilmore, John Stephen

Gomon, Thomas W.

Lair, Wad e Eugene

DEGREES

Linden , Christina Ruth

McGaughey , Edward Douglas

Peters, Ivajean Lu

Petersen, Rob ert A.

Settell, Roge ne Elois e

Taylor, Steven K.

Witt, Robert John

Yamahira , Kimiko

May 29, 1971

Lisee, Robert G.

Matzner , Leon M.

McBride, Donald E.

Meier, Robert J.

Mulvaney, Michael J.

Naftalis, Richard D.

Onnen, Robert J.

Ray, Barry

Richards, Carl W.

Rybolt, P,rnl W.

Seawall, Larry B.

Sinkule, Eugene J.

Staley, James R.

Thompson, Gregory C.

Togafau, Malaetasi M.

Ubben, Christie B.

Wilkins, Clyde

August 13, 1971

Million, James Thomas

Rist, Fred Owen

Samson, Richard Gary

Sulhoff, Randall Lynn

Trenholm, David Green

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION

Atkinson, Donald L.

Becker, Barbara K .

January 22, 1971 139

Cook, Kay Kathleen

Cotner, Ron ald Lee

DEGREES

Beery, Kathryne Mae

Bennett, Margaret E

Bierbaum, David Wayne

Bose, Leon F.

Bower, Neal Westervelt

Dorn, Carolyn J.

Elliot, Diana L.

Emert, Stephen J.

Gray, Candy Welter

Hanssen, George · H.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION

January 22, 1971

Irvin, Judith Ann Warren

Johnson, Carroll Erick

Kline, Gloria Crawford

Kraeger, Alan H.

Kunkel, Thomas Layton

Montang, Rodney D.

Moody, Marilyn Annette

Mosser, Thomas G .

Moyer, Norma J.

Owen, Richard Guthrie

Paper, Ruth Leuenberger

Bailie, Janet L.

Barrett, Dorothy L.

Beckman, Ralph E.

Bender, Dianne L.

Borgm,an, Roger L.

Bragan, Gwendolyn

Bryson, Aline R.

Buffum, Katherine C.

Choutka, Elaine

Craig, Ronda

Curtis, David L.

Davis, Pamela

Eickhoff, Harvey L.

Fanders, Gail

Gardner, George

Glathar, Linda S.

Goodman, Bonnie J. •

Grotrian, Charles 0.

Harris, Christine M.

Henry, Judy

Houseman, Cynthia A.

Howe, Mary E.

May 29, 1971

Powers, Francis Michael

Rains, James Edward

Rist, John Allen

Samson, Richard G.

Sawyer, Pamela Ann Tunin g

Settell, Rogene Eloise

Teachout, Mildred Marguer ite

Vanderford, Jacqueline Sue

Warren, John Allen ,

Watson, Wilma Ruth

Weiler, Mark P.

McHugh, Darwin J.

McLucas, Robert

Meyer, Ronald L.

Miller, Elizabeth A.

Mintle, Deborah

Nelson, Nancy

Olson, Nancy

Omer, Ann

Parrish, Gerald

Patera, Cheryl M.

Patera, James D.

Patras, Elaine M.

Patton, Susan K.

Pofahl, Ida M.

Pullman, Richard L.

Reed, Ralph L.

Rengstorf, Kyra K.

Ross_o, Michae.l V.

Russell, Marjorie Y.

Ryan, Patricia ·R.

Santos, Charles

Schramm, Diane

140

Johnson, Michael

Johnson,, .Theodore K.

J ustice, Rose Marie

Kiser, Robert J.

Larson, Susan L.

Lee, Pamela K.

Mahlendorf, Carol A.

Mahlendorf, Michael S . .

Maloy, Rose Ann

Mar tin, Dianne E.

York , Nancy J.

DEGREES

Shellhase, Charles R.

Sil)<, Frances

SteyVart, John R

Stewa rt , Peter G

Templeton, Ronald D.

Thies, Gail E.

Trottier, Patricia

Wenzl, Mary K.

Wheeler , Jane M.

Wiksell, Roger

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION

Bodie, Ralph M.

Boice, Carole Ann

Brammer, Gerry

Bridgmon, Phyllis

Bryson, Richard Lloyd

8uethe, Evelyn E.

Cavotta, John F .

C-rai n, Evelyn Carol

deKoning, Coleen Ann

Feurer, Virginia M.

Forrest, Eldonna S.

Fra na, Janet Marie

Gebers, Esther

Hohbein, Verlene Evelyn

Huskey, Betty J.

Jenkins, Beatrice Mildred

Johanns, Cremora Fern

Judkins, Laura E.

Krause, Leona M.

August 13, 1971

McClintock, Bruce

McMurray , Lorna Mae

Meinzer, Sandra Ann

Moran, Terance John, Jr.

Moyer; Norma Jane

O'Brien, L. Darlene

Peterson, Judy Henning

Pickering , Victoria B.

Pointer, Carolyn Spohn

Rausch, Connie Ann

Rieschick, Mildred Gilliland

Rieschick, Sue Vaughn

Steinkuhler, Sheila Kay

Stukenholtz , Joyce Elaine

Stutheit, Willa Jean L.

Walter, Joyce C.

Wander, Dorothy M.

Weyers, Jack Wendel

Wissler, Dora Louise

ASSOCIATE IN ARTS

August 13, 1971

Davis, Lillian R.

Holmes, Mary Josephine

Jefferson, Essie Lillian

Wilson, Emma Louise

141

COOPERATING SCHOOLS in The Student Teaching Program

1972-1973

Auburn . ... . ......... . ......... . ... Albert C. Austin, Superintend en t

Principal: Marvin H. Gerd es

Beatrice Paul Sell, Superintenden t

Assistant Superintendent: W A. Schlichting

Bellevue .. . . . ..... . ............ .... Rich ard Triplett , Superintenden t

Personnel Director : Rex G. Cadwallader

Fairbury Lewis E Patrick, Superintende nt

Principal : Robert L. Ellsworth

Falls City ... .... .... ....... ......... Donald Burling, Superintend en t

Principal: Robert C. Joy

Humboldt D a rrell L. Montgomery, Superintende n t

Principal: Don Overfield

Johnson-Brock ............ . .. .. ... R. Wiley Remmers, Superintende nt

Principal : K. G. Lars e n

Lincoln : John Prasch, Superintende nt

Asst. Superintendent: Carrol R. Sawin

Millard . . . .... ....... . . . ...... .. ... Donald L. Stroh, Superintemd e nt Assistant Superintendent: Ron Witt

Nebraska City ............. ....... ..... James Withee, Superintend em

Principal: Carl W. Fielder

Omah a Ow e n Knutzen, Superintend e nt

Administrative Assistant: Monty Allgood

Papillion ......... .. .. . ..... .. ..... . . . Paul D. Basler, Superintend e m

Principal: Keith G. Pollard

Pawnee City James Robison, Superintend e nr

Principal : Max Martin

Platteview Harold Luttman, Superintend e nt

Princip al: Louis V. Dambrosia

Plattsmouth . .......... .. . .. .... . .. Deward R. Finch, Superintend en

Principal: Fred Kaufman

Ralston John R. Johnston, Superintend e n

Principal: Harry Weichel

Southeast Neb ras ka .' Wayne Cash, Superintende n ·

Principat -Willfam Bohlken

Sycracuse-Dunbar-Avoca Donald W. Craig, Superintend e n·

Principal: John Rhodus

Tecumseh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard A. Brommer, Superintend e n:

Principal: Virgil Blumhorst

142

COO PERA TING SCHOOLS

Wes t sid e . . .. .. ... . . . .... .. . . .. . . . . V au ghn G. Ph elp s , Sup e rintend e nt

Asst. Sup e rint e ndent : Rob ert M. Ad am s

Farragut, Iowa Le o Humphr e y, Sup e rintendent

Principal : Lloyd Bishop

Fremont-Mills, Iowa Tom Wilkie, Superintendent

Princip al: Ver! Flack

Gl e nw oo d , Iowa E arl L. Tubb s, Sup e rintend e nt

Princip al: Robert Bl as i

Hamburg, Iow a . G eo rge F. N eu z il, Sup e rintend e nt

Princip al: Gary Anderson

Lewis Ce ntral, I o w a . . . . .

Prin cip al : John M S e arcy

Shenando ah, Iow a . ..

Princip al: Alvin S Carlson

. Frank L. L ee , Sup e rintend en t

.... K e nn e th W. S a nd, Sup er int e nd e nt

Sidn ey, Iowa . . .. . ...... . . ...... . .. . R o b e rt E . G oo d , Sup e rintend e nt

Prin cip al: Duan e Ridnour

Rock P o rt, Mi sso uri . T R Wind es , Sup e rint e nd e nt

Princip al: Ge ra ld W. Shin em an

COO PERA TING AGENCY

Educ a ti o nal Servi ce

Unit N o . 4 , Auburn Kenn et h Gardn e r , Direct o r

S up er vi sor: Ra y B o i ce

. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . .. . . .. .. .
143
....INDEX Abbreviations, Campus .... ... . Academic Information ...... . Academic Load ....... ... . . . Accreditation Accounting Technology Achievement Foundation Adjustment to College Administrative Offic ers Admission Admission, Criteria for . ..... . Admission to Teacher Education Curriculum ... . . . Advanced St anding ....... .. . Alumni Asso ciation ........ . . Application and Registration Applied Arts and Technology, School of ... .. .. .. ...... . Armed Forc es Credit .... .... . Art ....... . ..... ... . .. . . . . Attendance, Class Attendance, Resident Audit 23 28 32 16 110 24 50 4 28 67 66 29 23 41 108 30 88 32 33 30 Auto Registration 54 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Biological Science . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Board and Room Fees . • . . . . . 42 Board and Room Refunds 44 Board of Trustees of the Nebraska State Colleges 4 Buildings and Facilities . . . . . . . 19 Busine ss Administration 109 Busine ss Education 108 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Campus Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Certification in Nebraska 69 Certification of Registration 42 Change in Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Change in Registration 36 Chemistry 126 Classification of Students . . . . . 31 Clerical Training . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Coaching of Interscholastic Sports 77 College Testing Prqgram 28 Commercial Placement . . . . . . . 26 Committees, Official . . . . . . . . . 12 Conferences and Oinics 27 Cooperating Schools 142 Correspondence, How to Address 2 Counseling 50 Course Numbers 3 Courses, Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Courses, Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Courses, Off-Campus . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Courses of Instru ction (Description of) Art 8 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 6 Economics . . . 9 5 Earth Science 129 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 English .... . ............. 10 0 General Science . . . . . . . . . . . 12 7 Geography 129 Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 History . 9 3 Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . 11 5 Industrial Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 9 Journalism 10 2 Library Science 10 6 Mathematics 131 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 0 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 8 Physical Education for Men and Women 83 Physics ..... ....... . .. . . .. 13 5 Psychology and Guidance . . . 81 Recreation 8 6 Safety Ed ucati on 124 Sociology 9 7 Speech and D rama . ..... . . . 104 Vocational Education 12 2 Courses, Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Credit, Armed Forces . 30 Credit by Examination 3 5 Credit, Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Deans of Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Degrees ... .. ... .. . ........ . 6 3 Degrees Granted .. .. . ...... . 13 8 Degrees, Requirements 70 Dep artmental Assistants . . . . . . 3 2 Deposit for Reservation 4 3 Dining Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Dormitories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Dress 53 Early Childhood Education 7 4 144
Earth Science 128 Economics 9 5 Education and Physical Education, School of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Educational Objective . . . . . . . . 63 Elementary Education . . . . . . . . 72 Elementary Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . 69 Elementary Teachers, Program for 72 Emeritus Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Endorsement for Teaching . . . . 69 English Language and Literature 99 Entertainment, Recreation, Social Life 55 Entrance Requirements 28 Expenses 43 Facilities 19 Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Faculty Committees . . . . . . . . . 12 Federally Funded Programs 46 Fees, Board and Room . . . . . . . 41 Fees, Private Instruction . . . . . . 42 Fees, Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Fees, Registration · 40 Fees , Special 42 Fields of Concentration 65 Financial Assistance 45 Financial Assistance, Applying for 49 Financial Information ......... 41 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Food Service 53 Freshman Orientation 50 General Education Requirements 65 General Information . . . . . . . . . 14 General Science 127 Geography 128 Gifts 25 Government Grading System Graduate Program ......... . . Graduation Honors ... .. .. .. . Graduation Requirements Handbook ...... . ......... . Health Service ..... ... . .... . History ...... . . .... ... . .. . History of College ... . ... .. . . 96 33 31 37 63 61 54 93 14 Home Economics Honor Roll 115 37 Honors Courses 36 Honor Societies 59 145 Honors, Scholastic 36 Housing Contracts 43 Housing, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Housing, Married Students 22, 43, 53 Housing Refunds, Married 43 •Stuciehts ........ . ....... . . Humanities, School of . . . . . . . . 88 Industrial Arts . ; ...... . . . ... 117 Industrial Management Technology ... ... ..... . ... 118 Institutionally Funded Programs 47 Instructional Staff . . 7 Intern Teacher Program 73 ,, Interscholastic Sports, Coaching of 77 Journalism 102 Language Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Library Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Living Accommodations 51 Loan Funds 46 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ,Manual Arts Therapy 119 Mathematics 131 Medical Technology ......... 137 Memberships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Minimum Financial Requirement 44 Music 90 Natural Science, School of 124 Nebraska Certification . . . . . . . . <59 Newspaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Non-Resident Fees . . . . . . . . . . 43 Numbering of Courses 32 Objectives 16 General Education . . 1 7 Teacher Education ·. 17 Optional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Athletic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 Education and Social 57 Honorary 59 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Pep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Religious 58 Student Center Board 56 Student Government 56 Orientation, Freshmen . . . . . . . 50 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Physical Examination . . . . . . . . 54 Physical Education and Recreation 76 Physical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
I ...Physics 134 Placement Services 26 Pre-Professi ona l Curricul urns 13 5 Pre-Agriculture 136 Pre-Engineering 136 Pre -Forestry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Pre-Law . ...... . ......... 107 Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental 136 Pre-Mortuary ......... .... 136 Pre-Nursing 137 Pre-Pharmacy 137 President's Message . . . . . . . . . . 3 Presidents of College . . . . . . . . . 15 Private Instruction ......... 30, 42 Professional Education Requirements 71 Professi o nal Semester 72 Requirements for Assignment in 67 Professional Services 30 Program of Instruction . . . . . . . 62 Psychology and Guidance . . . . . 81 Publication s, Student 61 Readmission 29 Recreation , Program in . . . . . . . 78 Refunds , Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Refunds, Married Student Housing 43 Registration, Change in 36 Registration, Fees 41 Rep eat Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Requirements for all Degrees 64 Residence Halls 21, 51 Resident Attandance 33 Resident Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Safety Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Scholarship Standards . . . . . . . . 34 Scholastic Honors 36 Secondary Certificate Requirements 68 Secondary Education 75 Secondary Education Requirements 68 Secretarial-Clerical Technology 110 Selection of Program of Studies 62 Semi-Professional arid T e rminal Curricu}ums • 137 Medical Technology ........ 137 X-Ray Technician . . . . . . . . . I 3 7 Services Offere d to the Public 27 Social Life 55 Social Science 95 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Speakers and Entertainment Services 27 Special Education 75 Speci al Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Speech and Dram a 104 State Vocational Rehabilitation Aid . . . . . . . . . 46 Student, Classification of 31 Student Conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Student Health Service . . . . . . . 54 Student Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . 46 Student Organizations . . . . . . . . 56 Student Publications . . . . . . . . . 61 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Summer Session . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Table of Contents 5 Teacher Placement 26 Teacher Education Curriculum, Admission to 66 Teacher Education Examinations (TEEP) 63 Te aching, Endorsement for . . . . 69 Terminal Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Testing, College Program . . . . . . 28 Transcripts 40 Transfer Credit , 30 Transfer Students . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Tuition Schedule 41 Veterans 30 Vocational Education ........ 121 Vocational Home Economics 11 5 Well Child Conference 27 Withdrawal from Class . . . . . . . 36 Withdrawal from College . . . . . . 37 X-Ray Technician 137 Yearbook 61 146

7 h -1· e," JI~ c. cJu ~.s n..q

o ~ .""it...s ./--,, ~ . - -. s .

"\ '\ c) ,4- ,s i r .-

t f- t:.L ,-vvJ t,. QW\

o r h.---1( J v~ -

l'3 l - Q w- -4- 4 1--.~ {!,g;&. ~--,..., - ·'-'-"""
RETURN TO REGISTRAR I I I I I
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.